blob: 47a2274e7694e44f61c0152a08feafafd1215f6e [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
1029 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
1030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
1032 c = *p;
1033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
1035 }
1036 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1037 {
1038 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1039 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1040 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1041 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001042 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001043
1044#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1045 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1046 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1047 {
1048 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1049 lead_repl_len);
1050 int old_size = 0;
1051 char_u *endp = p;
1052 int l;
1053
1054 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1055 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001056 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001057 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1058 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001059 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001060 if (l != 0)
1061 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1062 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1063 lead_len += l;
1064 }
1065#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001066 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1067 p = leader;
1068 else
1069 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001070#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001071 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1072 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1073 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1074
1075 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1076 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001077 {
1078#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1079 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1080
1081 if (l > 1)
1082 {
1083 p -= l;
1084 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1085 {
1086 p[1] = ' ';
1087 --l;
1088 }
1089 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1090 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1091 lead_len -= l;
1092 *p = ' ';
1093 }
1094 else
1095#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001096 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1097 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001098 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001099 }
1100 else /* left adjusted leader */
1101 {
1102 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001103#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1104 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1105 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1106 * not to be overwritten. */
1107 {
1108 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1109 lead_repl_len);
1110 int i;
1111 int l;
1112
1113 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1114 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001115 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001116 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1117 break;
1118 }
1119 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1120 {
1121 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
1122 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
1123 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1124 }
1125 }
1126#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001127 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1128
1129 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1130 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1131 * remain the same. */
1132 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1133 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1134 {
1135 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1136 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1137 {
1138 --lead_len;
1139 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1140 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1141 }
1142 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001143 {
1144#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001145 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001146
1147 if (l > 1)
1148 {
1149 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1150 {
1151 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1152 * two spaces */
1153 --l;
1154 *p++ = ' ';
1155 }
1156 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1157 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1158 lead_len -= l - 1;
1159 }
1160#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001161 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001162 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 }
1164 *p = NUL;
1165 }
1166
1167 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1168 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1169#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1170 || do_si
1171#endif
1172 )
1173 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1174
1175 /* Add the indent offset */
1176 if (newindent + off < 0)
1177 {
1178 off = -newindent;
1179 newindent = 0;
1180 }
1181 else
1182 newindent += off;
1183
1184 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1185 * alignment remains equal. */
1186 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1187 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1188 {
1189 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1190 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1191 break;
1192 --lead_len;
1193 --off;
1194 }
1195
1196 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1197 * extra space */
1198 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1199 extra_space = FALSE;
1200 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1201 }
1202
1203 if (extra_space)
1204 {
1205 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1206 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1207 }
1208
1209 newcol = lead_len;
1210
1211 /*
1212 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1213 * is in the comment leader
1214 */
1215 if (newindent
1216#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1217 || did_si
1218#endif
1219 )
1220 {
1221 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1222 {
1223 --lead_len;
1224 --newcol;
1225 ++leader;
1226 }
1227 }
1228
1229 }
1230#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1231 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1232#endif
1233 }
1234 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1235 {
1236 /*
1237 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1238 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1239 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1240 * comment.
1241 */
1242 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1243 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1244#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1245 || do_si
1246#endif
1247 ))
1248 {
1249 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1250 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1251 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1252 {
1253 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1254 newindent = get_indent();
1255 }
1256 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1257 }
1258 }
1259 }
1260#endif
1261
1262 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1263 if (p_extra != NULL)
1264 {
1265 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1266
1267 /*
1268 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1269 * non-blank.
1270 *
1271 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1272 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1273 */
1274 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1275 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1276 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1277 {
1278 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1279#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1280 && (!enc_utf8
1281 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1282#endif
1283 )
1284 {
1285 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1286 replace_push(*p_extra);
1287 ++p_extra;
1288 ++less_cols_off;
1289 }
1290 }
1291 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1292 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1293
1294 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1295 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1296 }
1297
1298 if (p_extra == NULL)
1299 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1300
1301#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1302 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1303 if (lead_len)
1304 {
1305 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1306 p_extra = leader;
1307 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1308 less_cols -= lead_len;
1309 }
1310 else
1311 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1312#endif
1313
1314 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1315 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1316 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1317#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1318 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1319#endif
1320 {
1321 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1322 == FAIL)
1323 goto theend;
1324 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1325 * with markers. */
1326 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1327 did_append = TRUE;
1328 }
1329#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1330 else
1331 {
1332 /*
1333 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1334 */
1335 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1336 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1337 {
1338 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1339 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1340 */
1341 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1342 vr_lines_changed++;
1343 }
1344 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1345 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1346 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1347 did_append = FALSE;
1348 }
1349#endif
1350
1351 if (newindent
1352#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1353 || did_si
1354#endif
1355 )
1356 {
1357 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1358#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1359 if (did_si)
1360 {
1361 if (p_sr)
1362 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1363 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1364 }
1365#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001366 /* Copy the indent */
1367 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001368 {
1369 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1370
1371 /*
1372 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1373 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1374 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1375 */
1376 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1377 }
1378 else
1379 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1380 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1381
1382 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 /*
1385 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1386 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1387 */
1388 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1389 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1390 replace_push(NUL);
1391 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1392#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1393 if (no_si)
1394 did_si = FALSE;
1395#endif
1396 }
1397
1398#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1399 /*
1400 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1401 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1402 */
1403 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1404 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1405 replace_push(NUL);
1406#endif
1407
1408 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1409
1410 if (dir == FORWARD)
1411 {
1412 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1413 {
1414 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1415 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1416 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1417 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1418 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1419 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1420 saved_line = NULL;
1421 if (did_append)
1422 {
1423 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1424 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1425 did_append = FALSE;
1426
1427 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1428 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1429 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1430 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1431 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1432 }
1433 else
1434 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1435 }
1436
1437 /*
1438 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1439 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1440 */
1441 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1442 }
1443 if (did_append)
1444 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1445
1446 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1447#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1448 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1449#endif
1450
1451#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1452 /*
1453 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1454 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1455 * normal INSERT mode.
1456 */
1457 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1458 {
1459 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1460 State = INSERT;
1461 }
1462 else
1463 vreplace_mode = 0;
1464#endif
1465#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1466 /*
1467 * May do lisp indenting.
1468 */
1469 if (!p_paste
1470# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1471 && leader == NULL
1472# endif
1473 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1474 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1475 {
1476 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1477 p = ml_get_curline();
1478 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1479 }
1480#endif
1481#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1482 /*
1483 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1484 */
1485 if (!p_paste
1486 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1487# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1488 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1489# endif
1490 )
1491 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1492 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1493 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1494 {
1495 do_c_expr_indent();
1496 p = ml_get_curline();
1497 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1498 }
1499#endif
1500#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1501 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1502 State = vreplace_mode;
1503#endif
1504
1505#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1506 /*
1507 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1508 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1509 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1510 */
1511 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1512 {
1513 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1514 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1515 if (p_extra == NULL)
1516 goto theend;
1517
1518 /* Put back original line */
1519 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1520
1521 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1522 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1523#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1524 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1525#endif
1526 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1527 vim_free(p_extra);
1528 next_line = NULL;
1529 }
1530#endif
1531
1532 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1533theend:
1534 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1535 vim_free(saved_line);
1536 vim_free(next_line);
1537 vim_free(allocated);
1538 return retval;
1539}
1540
1541#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1542/*
1543 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1544 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1545 * returned.
1546 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1547 * comment leader.
1548 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1549 */
1550 int
1551get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1552 char_u *line;
1553 char_u **flags;
1554 int backward;
1555{
1556 int i, j;
1557 int got_com = FALSE;
1558 int found_one;
1559 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1560 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1561 char_u *list;
1562
1563 i = 0;
1564 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1565 ++i;
1566
1567 /*
1568 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1569 */
1570 while (line[i])
1571 {
1572 /*
1573 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1574 */
1575 found_one = FALSE;
1576 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1577 {
1578 /*
1579 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1580 * put string at start of string.
1581 */
1582 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1583 *flags = list;
1584 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1585 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1586 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1587 continue;
1588 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1589
1590 /*
1591 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1592 * nested comments.
1593 */
1594 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1595 continue;
1596
1597 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1598 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1599 continue;
1600
1601 /*
1602 * Line contents and string must match.
1603 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1604 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1605 * TABs and spaces).
1606 */
1607 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1608 {
1609 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1610 continue;
1611 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1612 ++string;
1613 }
1614 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1615 ;
1616 if (string[j] != NUL)
1617 continue;
1618
1619 /*
1620 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1621 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1622 */
1623 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1624 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1625 continue;
1626
1627 /*
1628 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1629 */
1630 i += j;
1631 got_com = TRUE;
1632 found_one = TRUE;
1633 break;
1634 }
1635
1636 /*
1637 * No match found, stop scanning.
1638 */
1639 if (!found_one)
1640 break;
1641
1642 /*
1643 * Include any trailing white space.
1644 */
1645 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1646 ++i;
1647
1648 /*
1649 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1650 */
1651 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1652 break;
1653 }
1654 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1655}
1656#endif
1657
1658/*
1659 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1660 */
1661 int
1662plines(lnum)
1663 linenr_T lnum;
1664{
1665 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1666}
1667
1668 int
1669plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1670 win_T *wp;
1671 linenr_T lnum;
1672 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1673{
1674#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1675 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1676 * is one line anyway. */
1677 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1678}
1679
1680 int
1681plines_nofill(lnum)
1682 linenr_T lnum;
1683{
1684 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1685}
1686
1687 int
1688plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1689 win_T *wp;
1690 linenr_T lnum;
1691 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1692{
1693#endif
1694 int lines;
1695
1696 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1697 return 1;
1698
1699#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1700 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1701 return 1;
1702#endif
1703
1704#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1705 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1706 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1707 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1708 return 1;
1709#endif
1710
1711 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1712 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1713 return (int)wp->w_height;
1714 return lines;
1715}
1716
1717/*
1718 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1719 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1720 */
1721 int
1722plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1723 win_T *wp;
1724 linenr_T lnum;
1725{
1726 char_u *s;
1727 long col;
1728 int width;
1729
1730 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1731 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1732 return 1;
1733 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1734
1735 /*
1736 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1737 * extra column.
1738 */
1739 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1740 col += 1;
1741
1742 /*
1743 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
1744 */
1745 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1746 if (width <= 0)
1747 return 32000;
1748 if (col <= width)
1749 return 1;
1750 col -= width;
1751 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1752 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1753}
1754
1755/*
1756 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1757 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1758 */
1759 int
1760plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1761 win_T *wp;
1762 linenr_T lnum;
1763 long column;
1764{
1765 long col;
1766 char_u *s;
1767 int lines = 0;
1768 int width;
1769
1770#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1771 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1772 * is one line anyway. */
1773 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1774#endif
1775
1776 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1777 return lines + 1;
1778
1779#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1780 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1781 return lines + 1;
1782#endif
1783
1784 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1785
1786 col = 0;
1787 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1788 {
1789 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001790 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001791 }
1792
1793 /*
1794 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1795 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1796 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1797 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1798 * 'ts') -- webb.
1799 */
1800 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1801 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1802
1803 /*
1804 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
1805 */
1806 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001807 if (width <= 0)
1808 return 9999;
1809
1810 lines += 1;
1811 if (col > width)
1812 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1813 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814}
1815
1816 int
1817plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1818 win_T *wp;
1819 linenr_T first, last;
1820{
1821 int count = 0;
1822
1823 while (first <= last)
1824 {
1825#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1826 int x;
1827
1828 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1829 * that are maybe folded. */
1830 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1831 if (x > 0)
1832 {
1833 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1834 first += x;
1835 }
1836 else
1837#endif
1838 {
1839#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1840 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1841 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1842 else
1843#endif
1844 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1845 ++first;
1846 }
1847 }
1848 return (count);
1849}
1850
1851#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1852/*
1853 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1854 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1855 */
1856 void
1857ins_bytes(p)
1858 char_u *p;
1859{
1860 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1861}
1862#endif
1863
1864#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1865 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1866/*
1867 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1868 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1869 */
1870 void
1871ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1872 char_u *p;
1873 int len;
1874{
1875 int i;
1876# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1877 int n;
1878
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001879 if (has_mbyte)
1880 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1881 {
1882 if (enc_utf8)
1883 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1884 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1885 else
1886 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1887 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1888 }
1889 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001890# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001891 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1892 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001893}
1894#endif
1895
1896/*
1897 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1898 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1899 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1900 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1901 * convert bytes to a character.
1902 */
1903 void
1904ins_char(c)
1905 int c;
1906{
1907#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1908 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1909 int n;
1910
1911 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1912
1913 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1914 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1915 if (buf[0] == 0)
1916 buf[0] = '\n';
1917
1918 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1919}
1920
1921 void
1922ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1923 char_u *buf;
1924 int charlen;
1925{
1926 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001927#endif
1928 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1929 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1930 char_u *p;
1931 char_u *newp;
1932 char_u *oldp;
1933 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1934 colnr_T col;
1935 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1936 int i;
1937
1938#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1939 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1940 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1941 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1942#endif
1943
1944 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1945 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1946 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1947
1948 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1949 oldlen = 0;
1950#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1951 newlen = charlen;
1952#else
1953 newlen = 1;
1954#endif
1955
1956 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1957 {
1958#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1959 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1960 {
1961 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1962 colnr_T vcol;
1963 int old_list;
1964#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1965 char_u buf[2];
1966#endif
1967
1968 /*
1969 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1970 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1971 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1972 */
1973 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1974 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1975 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1976
1977 /*
1978 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1979 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1980 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1981 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1982 */
1983 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1984#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1985 buf[0] = c;
1986 buf[1] = NUL;
1987#endif
1988 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1989 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1990 {
1991 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1992 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1993 * position. */
1994 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1995 break;
1996#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001997 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001998#else
1999 ++oldlen;
2000#endif
2001 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2002 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2003 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2004 }
2005 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2006 }
2007 else
2008#endif
2009 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2010 {
2011 /* normal replace */
2012#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002013 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002014#else
2015 oldlen = 1;
2016#endif
2017 }
2018
2019
2020 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2021 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2022 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2023 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2024 replace_push(NUL);
2025 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2026 {
2027#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002028 if (has_mbyte)
2029 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2030 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002032 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033 }
2034 }
2035
2036 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2037 if (newp == NULL)
2038 return;
2039
2040 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2041 if (col > 0)
2042 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2043
2044 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2045 p = newp + col;
2046 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2047 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2048
2049 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2050#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2051 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2052 i = charlen;
2053#else
2054 *p = c;
2055 i = 1;
2056#endif
2057
2058 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2059 while (i < newlen)
2060 p[i++] = ' ';
2061
2062 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2063 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2064
2065 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2066 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2067
2068 /*
2069 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2070 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2071 */
2072 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2073 && msg_silent == 0
2074#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2075 && charlen == 1
2076#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002077#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2078 && !ins_compl_active()
2079#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002080 )
2081 showmatch(c);
2082
2083#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2084 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2085#endif
2086 {
2087 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2088#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2089 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2090#else
2091 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2092#endif
2093 }
2094 /*
2095 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2096 */
2097}
2098
2099/*
2100 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2101 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2102 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2103 */
2104 void
2105ins_str(s)
2106 char_u *s;
2107{
2108 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2109 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2110 int oldlen;
2111 colnr_T col;
2112 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2113
2114#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2115 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2116 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2117#endif
2118
2119 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2120 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2121 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2122
2123 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2124 if (newp == NULL)
2125 return;
2126 if (col > 0)
2127 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2128 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2129 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2130 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2131 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2132 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2133}
2134
2135/*
2136 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2137 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2138 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2139 *
2140 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2141 */
2142 int
2143del_char(fixpos)
2144 int fixpos;
2145{
2146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2147 if (has_mbyte)
2148 {
2149 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2150 mb_adjust_cursor();
2151 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2152 return FAIL;
2153 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2154 }
2155#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002156 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002157}
2158
2159#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2160/*
2161 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2162 */
2163 int
2164del_chars(count, fixpos)
2165 long count;
2166 int fixpos;
2167{
2168 long bytes = 0;
2169 long i;
2170 char_u *p;
2171 int l;
2172
2173 p = ml_get_cursor();
2174 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2175 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002176 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002177 bytes += l;
2178 p += l;
2179 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002180 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181}
2182#endif
2183
2184/*
2185 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2186 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2187 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2188 *
2189 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2190 */
2191 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002192del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002193 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002195 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002196{
2197 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2198 colnr_T oldlen;
2199 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2200 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2201 int was_alloced;
2202 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002203 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002204
2205 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2206 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2207
2208 /*
2209 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2210 */
2211 if (col >= oldlen)
2212 return FAIL;
2213
2214#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2215 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2216 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002217 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2218 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002219 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002220 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 int n;
2222
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002223 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2224 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002225 {
2226 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2227 n = col;
2228 do
2229 {
2230 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002231 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002232 n += count;
2233 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2234 fixpos = 0;
2235 }
2236 }
2237#endif
2238
2239 /*
2240 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2241 */
2242 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2243 if (movelen <= 1)
2244 {
2245 /*
2246 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002247 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2248 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002249 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002250 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2251#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2252 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2253#endif
2254 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002255 {
2256 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2257#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2258 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2259#endif
2260#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2261 if (has_mbyte)
2262 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2263 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2264#endif
2265 }
2266 count = oldlen - col;
2267 movelen = 1;
2268 }
2269
2270 /*
2271 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2272 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002273 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2274 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
2275 * care of notifiying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002276 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002277#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002278 if (usingNetbeans)
2279 was_alloced = FALSE;
2280 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002281#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002282 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283 if (was_alloced)
2284 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2285 else
2286 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2287 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2288 if (newp == NULL)
2289 return FAIL;
2290 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2291 }
2292 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2293 if (!was_alloced)
2294 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2295
2296 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2297 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2298
2299 return OK;
2300}
2301
2302/*
2303 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2304 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2305 *
2306 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2307 */
2308 int
2309truncate_line(fixpos)
2310 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2311{
2312 char_u *newp;
2313 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2314 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2315
2316 if (col == 0)
2317 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2318 else
2319 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2320
2321 if (newp == NULL)
2322 return FAIL;
2323
2324 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2325
2326 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2327 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2328
2329 /*
2330 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2331 */
2332 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2333 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2334
2335 return OK;
2336}
2337
2338/*
2339 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2340 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2341 */
2342 void
2343del_lines(nlines, undo)
2344 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2345 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2346{
2347 long n;
2348
2349 if (nlines <= 0)
2350 return;
2351
2352 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
2353 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
2354 return;
2355
2356 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2357 {
2358 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2359 break;
2360
2361 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
2362 ++n;
2363
2364 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
2365 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2366 break;
2367 }
2368 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2369 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
2370
2371 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2372 check_cursor_lnum();
2373}
2374
2375 int
2376gchar_pos(pos)
2377 pos_T *pos;
2378{
2379 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2380
2381#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2382 if (has_mbyte)
2383 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2384#endif
2385 return (int)*ptr;
2386}
2387
2388 int
2389gchar_cursor()
2390{
2391#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2392 if (has_mbyte)
2393 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2394#endif
2395 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2396}
2397
2398/*
2399 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2400 * It is directly written into the block.
2401 */
2402 void
2403pchar_cursor(c)
2404 int c;
2405{
2406 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2407 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2408}
2409
2410#if 0 /* not used */
2411/*
2412 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2413 */
2414 void
2415goto_endofbuf(pos)
2416 pos_T *pos;
2417{
2418 char_u *p;
2419
2420 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2421 pos->col = 0;
2422 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2423 while (*p++)
2424 ++pos->col;
2425}
2426#endif
2427
2428/*
2429 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2430 * non-blank in the line.
2431 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2432 * the line.
2433 */
2434 int
2435inindent(extra)
2436 int extra;
2437{
2438 char_u *ptr;
2439 colnr_T col;
2440
2441 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2442 ++ptr;
2443 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2444 return TRUE;
2445 else
2446 return FALSE;
2447}
2448
2449/*
2450 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2451 */
2452 char_u *
2453skip_to_option_part(p)
2454 char_u *p;
2455{
2456 if (*p == ',')
2457 ++p;
2458 while (*p == ' ')
2459 ++p;
2460 return p;
2461}
2462
2463/*
2464 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
2465 *
2466 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2467 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
2468 */
2469 void
2470changed()
2471{
2472#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2473 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2474 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2475 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2476 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2477 return;
2478 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2479#endif
2480
2481 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2482 {
2483 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2484
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002485 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2486 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002487 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002488
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002489 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2490 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2491 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2492#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2493 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2494#endif
2495 )
2496 {
2497 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2498
2499 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2500 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2501 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2502 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2503 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2504 {
2505 out_flush();
2506 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2507 wait_return(TRUE);
2508 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2509 }
2510 }
2511 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002512 ml_setflags(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002513#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2514 check_status(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002515 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002516#endif
2517#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2518 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2519#endif
2520 }
2521 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002522}
2523
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002524static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2525static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002526static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2527
2528/*
2529 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2530 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2531 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2532 * - invalidates cached values
2533 */
2534 void
2535changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2536 linenr_T lnum;
2537 colnr_T col;
2538{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002539 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002540 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002541
2542#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2543 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2544 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2545 {
2546 win_T *wp;
2547 linenr_T wlnum;
2548
2549 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2550 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2551 {
2552 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2553 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2554 if (wlnum > 0)
2555 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2556 }
2557 }
2558#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559}
2560
2561 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002562changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2563 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564 linenr_T lnum;
2565{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002566 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002567 {
2568 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002569 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2570 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2571 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2572 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573 }
2574 else
2575 {
2576 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002577 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2578 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2579 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2580 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002581 }
2582}
2583
2584/*
2585 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2586 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2587 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2588 */
2589 void
2590appended_lines(lnum, count)
2591 linenr_T lnum;
2592 long count;
2593{
2594 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2595}
2596
2597/*
2598 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2599 */
2600 void
2601appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2602 linenr_T lnum;
2603 long count;
2604{
2605 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2606 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2613 */
2614 void
2615deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2616 linenr_T lnum;
2617 long count;
2618{
2619 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2620}
2621
2622/*
2623 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2624 */
2625 void
2626deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2627 linenr_T lnum;
2628 long count;
2629{
2630 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2631 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2632}
2633
2634/*
2635 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2636 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2637 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2638 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2639 * - invalidate cached values
2640 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2641 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2642 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2643 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
2644 */
2645 void
2646changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2647 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2648 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2649 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2650 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2651{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002652 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2653
2654#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2655 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2656 {
2657 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2658 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2659 * displaying. */
2660 win_T *wp;
2661 linenr_T wlnum;
2662
2663 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2664 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2665 {
2666 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2667 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2668 if (wlnum > 0)
2669 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2670 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2671 }
2672 }
2673#endif
2674
2675 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2676}
2677
2678 static void
2679changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2680 buf_T *buf;
2681 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2682 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2683 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2684{
2685 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002686 {
2687 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002688 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2689 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2690 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002691 {
2692 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002693 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2694 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2695 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002696 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002697 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2698 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2699 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002700 }
2701 else
2702 {
2703 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002704 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2705 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2706 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2707 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002708 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002709}
2710
2711 static void
2712changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2713 linenr_T lnum;
2714 colnr_T col;
2715 linenr_T lnume;
2716 long xtra;
2717{
2718 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002719#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2720 tabpage_T *tp;
2721#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002722 int i;
2723#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2724 int cols;
2725 pos_T *p;
2726 int add;
2727#endif
2728
2729 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2730 changed();
2731
2732 /* set the '. mark */
2733 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2734 {
2735 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2736 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2737
2738#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2739 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2740 * don't have an entry yet. */
2741 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2742 {
2743 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2744 add = TRUE;
2745 else
2746 {
2747 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2748 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2749 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2750 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2751 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2752 add = TRUE;
2753 else
2754 {
2755 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2756 if (cols == 0)
2757 cols = 79;
2758 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2759 }
2760 }
2761 if (add)
2762 {
2763 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2764 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2765 * position in the changelist. */
2766 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2767
2768 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2769 {
2770 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2771 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2772 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2773 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002774 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002775 {
2776 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2777 * this buffer. */
2778 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2779 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2780 }
2781 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002782 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783 {
2784 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2785 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2786 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2787 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2788 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2789 }
2790 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2791 }
2792 }
2793 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2794 curbuf->b_last_change;
2795 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2796 * takes you back to it. */
2797 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2798#endif
2799 }
2800
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002801 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002802 {
2803 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2804 {
2805 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2806 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2807 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2808
2809 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2810 * values for the cursor. */
2811#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2812 /*
2813 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2814 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2815 */
2816 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2817
2818 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2819 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2820 * might be displayed differently.
2821 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2822 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2823 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2824 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2825 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2826 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2827 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2828 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2829
2830 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2831 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2832 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2833 {
2834 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2835 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2836 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2837 }
2838#endif
2839
2840 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2841 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2842 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2843 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2844 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2845 {
2846 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2847 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2848 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2849 }
2850
2851 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2852 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2853 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2854 * after the change. */
2855 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2856 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2857 {
2858 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2859 {
2860 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2861 {
2862 /* line included in change */
2863 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2864 }
2865 else if (xtra != 0)
2866 {
2867 /* line below change */
2868 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2869#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2870 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2871#endif
2872 }
2873 }
2874#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2875 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2876 {
2877 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2878 * may need to be redrawn */
2879 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2880 }
2881#endif
2882 }
2883 }
2884 }
2885
2886 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2887 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2888 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2889 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002890
2891#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2892 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002893 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2894 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002895 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2896#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002897}
2898
2899/*
2900 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2901 */
2902 void
2903unchanged(buf, ff)
2904 buf_T *buf;
2905 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2906{
2907 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2908 {
2909 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002910 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002911 if (ff)
2912 save_file_ff(buf);
2913#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2914 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002915 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002916#endif
2917#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2918 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2919#endif
2920 }
2921 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002922#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2923 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2924#endif
2925}
2926
2927#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2928/*
2929 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2930 * need to be updated
2931 */
2932 void
2933check_status(buf)
2934 buf_T *buf;
2935{
2936 win_T *wp;
2937
2938 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2939 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2940 {
2941 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2942 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2943 must_redraw = VALID;
2944 }
2945}
2946#endif
2947
2948/*
2949 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2950 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2951 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002952 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002953 * will be TRUE.
2954 */
2955 void
2956change_warning(col)
2957 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2958 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2959{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002960 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2961
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002962 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2963 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2964#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2965 && !autocmd_busy
2966#endif
2967 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2968 {
2969#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002970 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002971 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002972 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002973 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2974 return;
2975#endif
2976 /*
2977 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2978 * be after the mode message.
2979 */
2980 msg_start();
2981 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2982 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002983 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002984 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
2985#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2986 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
2987#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002988 msg_clr_eos();
2989 (void)msg_end();
2990 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
2991 {
2992 out_flush();
2993 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
2994 }
2995 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
2996 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
2997 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
2998 showmode();
2999 }
3000}
3001
3002/*
3003 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3004 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3005 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3006 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3007 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3008 *
3009 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3010 */
3011 int
3012ask_yesno(str, direct)
3013 char_u *str;
3014 int direct;
3015{
3016 int r = ' ';
3017 int save_State = State;
3018
3019 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3020 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3021 ++no_wait_return;
3022#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3023 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3024#endif
3025 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3026#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3027 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3028#endif
3029 ++no_mapping;
3030 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3031
3032 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3033 {
3034 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3035 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3036 if (direct)
3037 r = get_keystroke();
3038 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003039 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003040 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3041 r = 'n';
3042 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3043 out_flush();
3044 }
3045 --no_wait_return;
3046 State = save_State;
3047#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3048 setmouse();
3049#endif
3050 --no_mapping;
3051 --allow_keys;
3052
3053 return r;
3054}
3055
3056/*
3057 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3058 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3059 * button (used at the more prompt).
3060 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3061 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3062 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3063 */
3064 int
3065get_keystroke()
3066{
3067#define CBUFLEN 151
3068 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3069 int len = 0;
3070 int n;
3071 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003072 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003073
3074 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3075 for (;;)
3076 {
3077 cursor_on();
3078 out_flush();
3079
3080 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3081 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3082 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3083 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3084 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3085 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3086 if (n > 0)
3087 {
3088 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3089 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3090 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003091 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003092 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003093 else if (len > 0)
3094 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003095
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003096 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3097 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3098 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003099 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003100
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003101 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3102 if (n > 0)
3103 len = n;
3104 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3105 continue;
3106
3107 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3108 n = buf[0];
3109 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3110 {
3111 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3112 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3113 || n == K_IGNORE
3114#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3115 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3116 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3117 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3118 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3119 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3120 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3121 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3122 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3123 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3124 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3125 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3126 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3127 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3128 || n == K_X1DRAG
3129 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3130 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3131 || n == K_X2DRAG
3132 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3133# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3134 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3135 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3136# endif
3137#endif
3138 )
3139 {
3140 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3141 mod_mask = buf[2];
3142 len -= 3;
3143 if (len > 0)
3144 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3145 continue;
3146 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003147 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003148 }
3149#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3150 if (has_mbyte)
3151 {
3152 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3153 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3154 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3155 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3156 }
3157#endif
3158#ifdef UNIX
3159 if (n == intr_char)
3160 n = ESC;
3161#endif
3162 break;
3163 }
3164
3165 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3166 return n;
3167}
3168
3169/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003170 * Get a number from the user.
3171 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003172 */
3173 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003174get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3175 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3176 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003177{
3178 int n = 0;
3179 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003180 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003181
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003182 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3183 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3184
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003185 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3186 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3187 if (msg_silent != 0)
3188 return 0;
3189
3190#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3191 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3192#endif
3193 ++no_mapping;
3194 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3195 for (;;)
3196 {
3197 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3198 c = safe_vgetc();
3199 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3200 {
3201 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3202 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003203 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003204 }
3205 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3206 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003207 if (typed > 0)
3208 {
3209 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3210 --typed;
3211 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003212 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003213 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003214#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3215 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3216 {
3217 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3218 n = mouse_row + 1;
3219 break;
3220 }
3221#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003222 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3223 {
3224 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3225 if (!exmode_active)
3226 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3227 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3228 do_redraw = FALSE;
3229 break;
3230 }
3231 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3232 break;
3233 }
3234 --no_mapping;
3235 --allow_keys;
3236 return n;
3237}
3238
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003239/*
3240 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003241 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3242 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003243 */
3244 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003245prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3246 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003247{
3248 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003249 int save_cmdline_row;
3250 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003251
3252 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003253 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003254 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003255 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003256 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003257
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003258 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3259 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003260 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003261 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003262 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003263 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003264
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003265 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3266 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003267 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003268 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3269 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003270 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3271 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3272 msg_didany = FALSE;
3273 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003274 else
3275 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3276 State = save_State;
3277
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003278 return i;
3279}
3280
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003281 void
3282msgmore(n)
3283 long n;
3284{
3285 long pn;
3286
3287 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003288 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3289 return;
3290
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003291 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3292 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3293 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3294 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3295 return;
3296
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003297 if (n > 0)
3298 pn = n;
3299 else
3300 pn = -n;
3301
3302 if (pn > p_report)
3303 {
3304 if (pn == 1)
3305 {
3306 if (n > 0)
3307 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3308 else
3309 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3310 }
3311 else
3312 {
3313 if (n > 0)
3314 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3315 else
3316 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3317 }
3318 if (got_int)
3319 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3320 if (msg(msg_buf))
3321 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003322 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003323 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003324 }
3325 }
3326}
3327
3328/*
3329 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3330 */
3331 void
3332beep_flush()
3333{
3334 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3335 {
3336 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3337 vim_beep();
3338 }
3339}
3340
3341/*
3342 * give a warning for an error
3343 */
3344 void
3345vim_beep()
3346{
3347 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3348 {
3349 if (p_vb
3350#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3351 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3352 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3353 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3354#endif
3355 )
3356 {
3357 out_str(T_VB);
3358 }
3359 else
3360 {
3361#ifdef MSDOS
3362 /*
3363 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3364 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3365 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3366 */
3367 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3368 {
3369 out_char(BELL);
3370 beep_count = 1;
3371 }
3372 else
3373 ++beep_count;
3374#else
3375 out_char(BELL);
3376#endif
3377 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003378
3379 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3380 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3381 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3382 {
3383 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3384 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3385 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003386 }
3387}
3388
3389/*
3390 * To get the "real" home directory:
3391 * - get value of $HOME
3392 * For Unix:
3393 * - go to that directory
3394 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3395 * This also works with mounts and links.
3396 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3397 */
3398static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3399
3400 void
3401init_homedir()
3402{
3403 char_u *var;
3404
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003405 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3406 vim_free(homedir);
3407 homedir = NULL;
3408
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003409#ifdef VMS
3410 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3411#else
3412 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3413#endif
3414
3415 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3416 var = NULL;
3417
3418#ifdef WIN3264
3419 /*
3420 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3421 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3422 * when $HOME is being set.
3423 */
3424 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3425 {
3426 char_u *p;
3427 char_u *exp;
3428
3429 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3430 if (p != NULL)
3431 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003432 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003433 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3434 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3435 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3436 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003437 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003438 var = NameBuff;
3439 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3440 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3441 }
3442 }
3443 }
3444
3445 /*
3446 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3447 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3448 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3449 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3450 */
3451 if (var == NULL)
3452 {
3453 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3454
3455 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3456 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
3457 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
3458 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3459 {
3460 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3461 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3462 {
3463 var = NameBuff;
3464 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3465 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3466 }
3467 }
3468 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003469
3470# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3471 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3472 {
3473 int len;
3474 char_u *pp;
3475
3476 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3477 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003478 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003479 if (pp != NULL)
3480 {
3481 homedir = pp;
3482 return;
3483 }
3484 }
3485# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003486#endif
3487
3488#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3489 /*
3490 * Default home dir is C:/
3491 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3492 */
3493 if (var == NULL)
3494 var = "C:/";
3495#endif
3496 if (var != NULL)
3497 {
3498#ifdef UNIX
3499 /*
3500 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3501 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3502 */
3503 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3504 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3505 {
3506 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3507 var = IObuff;
3508 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3509 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3510 }
3511#endif
3512 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3513 }
3514}
3515
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003516#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3517 void
3518free_homedir()
3519{
3520 vim_free(homedir);
3521}
3522#endif
3523
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003524/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003525 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3526 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3527 * again soon.
3528 */
3529 char_u *
3530expand_env_save(src)
3531 char_u *src;
3532{
3533 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3534}
3535
3536/*
3537 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3538 * expand "~" at the start.
3539 */
3540 char_u *
3541expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3542 char_u *src;
3543 int one;
3544{
3545 char_u *p;
3546
3547 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3548 if (p != NULL)
3549 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3550 return p;
3551}
3552
3553/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003554 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3555 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003556 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003557 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3558 */
3559 void
3560expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3561 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3562 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3563 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3564{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003565 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003566}
3567
3568 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003569expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003570 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003571 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3572 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3573 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003574 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003575 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003576{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003577 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003578 char_u *tail;
3579 int c;
3580 char_u *var;
3581 int copy_char;
3582 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3583 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003584 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003585
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003586 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003587 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003588
3589 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003590 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3591 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3592 {
3593 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003594 if ((*src == '$'
3595#ifdef VMS
3596 && at_start
3597#endif
3598 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003599#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3600 || *src == '%'
3601#endif
3602 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3603 {
3604 mustfree = FALSE;
3605
3606 /*
3607 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3608 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3609 */
3610 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3611 {
3612 tail = src + 1;
3613 var = dst;
3614 c = dstlen - 1;
3615
3616#ifdef UNIX
3617 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3618 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3619 {
3620 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3621 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3622 *var++ = *tail++;
3623 }
3624 else
3625#endif
3626 {
3627 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3628#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3629 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3630#endif
3631 ))
3632 {
3633#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3634 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3635 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3636#else
3637 *var++ = *tail++;
3638#endif
3639 }
3640 }
3641
3642#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3643# ifdef UNIX
3644 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3645# else
3646 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3647# endif
3648 var = NULL;
3649 else
3650 {
3651# ifdef UNIX
3652 if (src[1] == '{')
3653# else
3654 if (*src == '%')
3655#endif
3656 ++tail;
3657#endif
3658 *var = NUL;
3659 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3660#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3661 }
3662#endif
3663 }
3664 /* home directory */
3665 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3666 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3667 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3668 {
3669 var = homedir;
3670 tail = src + 1;
3671 }
3672 else /* user directory */
3673 {
3674#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3675 /*
3676 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3677 */
3678 tail = src;
3679 var = dst;
3680 c = dstlen - 1;
3681 while ( c-- > 0
3682 && *tail
3683 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3684 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3685 *var++ = *tail++;
3686 *var = NUL;
3687# ifdef UNIX
3688 /*
3689 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3690 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3691 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3692 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3693 */
3694# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3695 {
3696 struct passwd *pw;
3697
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003698 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3699 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003700 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3701 if (pw != NULL)
3702 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3703 else
3704 var = NULL;
3705 }
3706 if (var == NULL)
3707# endif
3708 {
3709 expand_T xpc;
3710
3711 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3712 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3713 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3714 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003715 mustfree = TRUE;
3716 }
3717
3718# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3719 /*
3720 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3721 * directories to search for the user account in.
3722 */
3723 {
3724 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3725 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3726 struct stat st;
3727
3728 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3729 next_path = paths;
3730 while (*next_path)
3731 {
3732 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3733 next_path++);
3734 if (*next_path)
3735 *next_path++ = NUL;
3736 STRCPY(test, path);
3737 STRCAT(test, "/");
3738 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3739 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3740 {
3741 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3742 STRCPY(var, test);
3743 mustfree = TRUE;
3744 break;
3745 }
3746 }
3747 }
3748# endif /* UNIX */
3749#else
3750 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3751 var = NULL;
3752 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3753#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3754 }
3755
3756#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3757 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3758 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3759 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3760 {
3761 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3762
3763 if (p != NULL)
3764 {
3765 if (mustfree)
3766 vim_free(var);
3767 var = p;
3768 mustfree = TRUE;
3769 forward_slash(var);
3770 }
3771 }
3772#endif
3773
3774 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3775 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3776 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3777 {
3778 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3779
3780 if (p != NULL)
3781 {
3782 if (mustfree)
3783 vim_free(var);
3784 var = p;
3785 mustfree = TRUE;
3786 }
3787 }
3788
3789 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3790 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3791 {
3792 STRCPY(dst, var);
3793 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003794 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003795 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3796 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003797 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003798#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3799 && dst[-1] != ':'
3800#endif
3801 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3802 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003803 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003804 src = tail;
3805 copy_char = FALSE;
3806 }
3807 if (mustfree)
3808 vim_free(var);
3809 }
3810
3811 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3812 {
3813 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003814 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003815 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3816 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003817 */
3818 at_start = FALSE;
3819 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3820 {
3821 *dst++ = *src++;
3822 --dstlen;
3823 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003824 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003825 at_start = TRUE;
3826 *dst++ = *src++;
3827 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003828
3829 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3830 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3831 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003832 }
3833 }
3834 *dst = NUL;
3835}
3836
3837/*
3838 * Vim's version of getenv().
3839 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003840 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003841 */
3842 char_u *
3843vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3844 char_u *name;
3845 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3846{
3847 char_u *p;
3848 char_u *pend;
3849 int vimruntime;
3850
3851#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3852 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3853 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3854 return homedir;
3855#endif
3856
3857 p = mch_getenv(name);
3858 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3859 p = NULL;
3860
3861 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003862 {
3863#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3864 if (enc_utf8)
3865 {
3866 int len;
3867 char_u *pp;
3868
3869 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3870 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003871 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003872 if (pp != NULL)
3873 {
3874 p = pp;
3875 *mustfree = TRUE;
3876 }
3877 }
3878#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003879 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003880 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003881
3882 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3883 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3884 return NULL;
3885
3886 /*
3887 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3888 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3889 */
3890 if (vimruntime
3891#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3892 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3893#endif
3894 )
3895 {
3896 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3897 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3898 p = NULL;
3899 if (p != NULL)
3900 {
3901 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3902 if (p != NULL)
3903 *mustfree = TRUE;
3904 else
3905 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003906
3907#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3908 if (enc_utf8)
3909 {
3910 int len;
3911 char_u *pp;
3912
3913 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3914 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3915 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003916 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003917 if (pp != NULL)
3918 {
3919 if (mustfree)
3920 vim_free(p);
3921 p = pp;
3922 *mustfree = TRUE;
3923 }
3924 }
3925#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003926 }
3927 }
3928
3929 /*
3930 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3931 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3932 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3933 */
3934 if (p == NULL)
3935 {
3936 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3937 p = p_hf;
3938#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3939 /*
3940 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3941 */
3942 else
3943 p = exe_name;
3944#endif
3945 if (p != NULL)
3946 {
3947 /* remove the file name */
3948 pend = gettail(p);
3949
3950 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3951 if (p == p_hf)
3952 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3953
3954#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3955# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003956 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003957 if (p == exe_name)
3958 {
3959 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003960 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003961
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003962 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3963 if (pend1 != pend)
3964 {
3965 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3966 if (pnew != NULL)
3967 {
3968 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3969 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3970 p = pnew;
3971 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3972 }
3973 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003974 }
3975# endif
3976 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3977 if (p == exe_name)
3978 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
3979#endif
3980
3981 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
3982 if (!vimruntime)
3983 {
3984 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
3985 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
3986 }
3987
3988 /* remove trailing path separator */
3989#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
3990 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00003991 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003992 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003993 --pend;
3994#endif
3995
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003996#ifdef MACOS_X
3997 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
3998#endif
3999 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4000 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004001
4002 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4003 {
4004 vim_free(p);
4005 p = NULL;
4006 }
4007 else
4008 {
4009#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4010 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4011 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4012 {
4013 vim_free(p);
4014 p = pend;
4015 }
4016#endif
4017 *mustfree = TRUE;
4018 }
4019 }
4020 }
4021
4022#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4023 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4024 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4025 if (p == NULL)
4026 {
4027 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4028 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4029 {
4030 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4031 *mustfree = FALSE;
4032 }
4033 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4034 {
4035 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4036 *mustfree = TRUE;
4037 else
4038 {
4039 p = default_vim_dir;
4040 *mustfree = FALSE;
4041 }
4042 }
4043 }
4044#endif
4045
4046 /*
4047 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4048 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4049 */
4050 if (p != NULL)
4051 {
4052 if (vimruntime)
4053 {
4054 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4055 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4056#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4057 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004058 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004059
4060 if (buf != NULL)
4061 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004062 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4063 vim_free(buf);
4064 }
4065 }
4066#endif
4067 }
4068 else
4069 {
4070 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4071 didset_vim = TRUE;
4072 }
4073 }
4074 return p;
4075}
4076
4077/*
4078 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4079 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4080 */
4081 static char_u *
4082vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4083 char_u *vimdir;
4084{
4085 char_u *p;
4086
4087 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4088 return NULL;
4089 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4090 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4091 return p;
4092 vim_free(p);
4093 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4094 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4095 return p;
4096 vim_free(p);
4097 return NULL;
4098}
4099
4100/*
4101 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4102 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4103 */
4104 static char_u *
4105remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4106 char_u *p;
4107 char_u *pend;
4108 char_u *name;
4109{
4110 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4111 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4112
4113 if (newend >= p
4114 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004115 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004116 return newend;
4117 return pend;
4118}
4119
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004120/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004121 * Our portable version of setenv.
4122 */
4123 void
4124vim_setenv(name, val)
4125 char_u *name;
4126 char_u *val;
4127{
4128#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4129 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4130#else
4131 char_u *envbuf;
4132
4133 /*
4134 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4135 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4136 */
4137 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4138 if (envbuf != NULL)
4139 {
4140 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4141 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4142 }
4143#endif
4144}
4145
4146#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4147/*
4148 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4149 */
4150/*ARGSUSED*/
4151 char_u *
4152get_env_name(xp, idx)
4153 expand_T *xp;
4154 int idx;
4155{
4156# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4157 /*
4158 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4159 */
4160 return NULL;
4161# else
4162# ifndef __WIN32__
4163 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4164 extern char **environ;
4165# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004166# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4167 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004168 char_u *str;
4169 int n;
4170
4171 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4172 if (str == NULL)
4173 return NULL;
4174
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004175 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004176 {
4177 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4178 break;
4179 name[n] = str[n];
4180 }
4181 name[n] = NUL;
4182 return name;
4183# endif
4184}
4185#endif
4186
4187/*
4188 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4189 * 'src'.
4190 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4191 */
4192 void
4193home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4194 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4195 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4196 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4197 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4198 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4199 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4200{
4201 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4202 size_t len;
4203 char_u *homedir_env;
4204 char_u *p;
4205
4206 if (src == NULL)
4207 {
4208 *dst = NUL;
4209 return;
4210 }
4211
4212 /*
4213 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4214 */
4215 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4216 {
4217 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4218 return;
4219 }
4220
4221 /*
4222 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4223 * "real" home directory.
4224 */
4225 if (homedir != NULL)
4226 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4227
4228#ifdef VMS
4229 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4230#else
4231 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4232#endif
4233
4234 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4235 homedir_env = NULL;
4236 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4237 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4238
4239 if (!one)
4240 src = skipwhite(src);
4241 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4242 {
4243 /*
4244 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4245 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4246 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4247 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4248 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4249 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4250 * er's home directory)).
4251 */
4252 p = homedir;
4253 len = dirlen;
4254 for (;;)
4255 {
4256 if ( len
4257 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4258 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4259 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4260 || src[len] == NUL))
4261 {
4262 src += len;
4263 if (--dstlen > 0)
4264 *dst++ = '~';
4265
4266 /*
4267 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4268 */
4269 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4270 *dst++ = '/';
4271 break;
4272 }
4273 if (p == homedir_env)
4274 break;
4275 p = homedir_env;
4276 len = envlen;
4277 }
4278
4279 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4280 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4281 *dst++ = *src++;
4282 /* skip separator */
4283 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4284 *dst++ = *src++;
4285 }
4286 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4287
4288 *dst = NUL;
4289}
4290
4291/*
4292 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4293 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4294 */
4295 char_u *
4296home_replace_save(buf, src)
4297 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4298 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4299{
4300 char_u *dst;
4301 unsigned len;
4302
4303 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4304 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4305 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4306 dst = alloc(len);
4307 if (dst != NULL)
4308 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4309 return dst;
4310}
4311
4312/*
4313 * Compare two file names and return:
4314 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4315 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4316 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4317 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4318 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4319 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4320 */
4321 int
4322fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4323 char_u *s1, *s2;
4324 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4325{
4326#ifdef UNIX
4327 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4328 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4329 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4330 struct stat st1, st2;
4331 int r1, r2;
4332
4333 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4334 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4335 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4336 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4337 {
4338 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4339 if (checkname)
4340 {
4341 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4342 return FPC_SAMEX;
4343 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4344 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4345 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4346 return FPC_SAMEX;
4347 }
4348 return FPC_NOTX;
4349 }
4350 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4351 return FPC_DIFFX;
4352 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4353 return FPC_SAME;
4354 return FPC_DIFF;
4355#else
4356 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4357 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4358 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4359 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4360 int r1, r2;
4361
4362 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4363 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4364 {
4365 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4366 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4367
4368 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4369 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4370 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4371
4372 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4373 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4374 {
4375 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4376 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4377 else
4378 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4379 }
4380 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4381 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4382 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4383 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4384 else
4385 retval = FPC_SAME;
4386 vim_free(exp1);
4387 }
4388 return retval;
4389#endif
4390}
4391
4392/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004393 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4394 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004395 */
4396 char_u *
4397gettail(fname)
4398 char_u *fname;
4399{
4400 char_u *p1, *p2;
4401
4402 if (fname == NULL)
4403 return (char_u *)"";
4404 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4405 {
4406 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4407 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004408 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004409 }
4410 return p1;
4411}
4412
4413/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004414 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4415 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4416 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4417 */
4418 char_u *
4419gettail_sep(fname)
4420 char_u *fname;
4421{
4422 char_u *p;
4423 char_u *t;
4424
4425 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4426 t = gettail(fname);
4427 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4428 --t;
4429#ifdef VMS
4430 /* path separator is part of the path */
4431 ++t;
4432#endif
4433 return t;
4434}
4435
4436/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004437 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4438 */
4439 char_u *
4440getnextcomp(fname)
4441 char_u *fname;
4442{
4443 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004444 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004445 if (*fname)
4446 ++fname;
4447 return fname;
4448}
4449
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004450/*
4451 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4452 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4453 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4454 */
4455 char_u *
4456get_past_head(path)
4457 char_u *path;
4458{
4459 char_u *retval;
4460
4461#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4462 /* may skip "c:" */
4463 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4464 retval = path + 2;
4465 else
4466 retval = path;
4467#else
4468# if defined(AMIGA)
4469 /* may skip "label:" */
4470 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4471 if (retval == NULL)
4472 retval = path;
4473# else /* Unix */
4474 retval = path;
4475# endif
4476#endif
4477
4478 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4479 ++retval;
4480
4481 return retval;
4482}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004483
4484/*
4485 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4486 */
4487 int
4488vim_ispathsep(c)
4489 int c;
4490{
4491#ifdef RISCOS
4492 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4493#else
4494# ifdef UNIX
4495 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4496# else
4497# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4498 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4499# else
4500# ifdef VMS
4501 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4502 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4503 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004504# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004505 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004506# endif /* VMS */
4507# endif
4508# endif
4509#endif /* RISC OS */
4510}
4511
4512#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4513/*
4514 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4515 */
4516 int
4517vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4518 int c;
4519{
4520#ifdef UNIX
4521 return (c == ':');
4522#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004523 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004524#endif
4525}
4526#endif
4527
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004528#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4529 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4530/*
4531 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4532 * It's done in-place.
4533 */
4534 void
4535shorten_dir(str)
4536 char_u *str;
4537{
4538 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4539 int skip = FALSE;
4540
4541 tail = gettail(str);
4542 d = str;
4543 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4544 {
4545 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4546 {
4547 *d++ = *s;
4548 if (*s == NUL)
4549 break;
4550 }
4551 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4552 {
4553 *d++ = *s;
4554 skip = FALSE;
4555 }
4556 else if (!skip)
4557 {
4558 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4559 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4560 skip = TRUE;
4561# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4562 if (has_mbyte)
4563 {
4564 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4565
4566 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004567 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004568 }
4569# endif
4570 }
4571 }
4572}
4573#endif
4574
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004575/*
4576 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4577 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4578 * "fname" must be writable!.
4579 */
4580 int
4581dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4582 char_u *fname;
4583{
4584 char_u *p;
4585 int c;
4586 int retval;
4587
4588 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4589 if (p == fname)
4590 return TRUE;
4591 c = *p;
4592 *p = NUL;
4593 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4594 *p = c;
4595 return retval;
4596}
4597
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004598#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4599 || defined(PROTO)
4600/*
4601 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4602 */
4603 int
4604vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4605 char_u *x, *y;
4606{
4607 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4608}
4609
4610 int
4611vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4612 char_u *x, *y;
4613 size_t len;
4614{
4615 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4616 {
4617 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4618 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4619 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4620 break;
4621 ++x;
4622 ++y;
4623 --len;
4624 }
4625 if (len == 0)
4626 return 0;
4627 return (*x - *y);
4628}
4629#endif
4630
4631/*
4632 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004633 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004634 */
4635 char_u *
4636concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4637 char_u *fname1;
4638 char_u *fname2;
4639 int sep;
4640{
4641 char_u *dest;
4642
4643 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4644 if (dest != NULL)
4645 {
4646 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4647 if (sep)
4648 add_pathsep(dest);
4649 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4650 }
4651 return dest;
4652}
4653
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004654#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
4655/*
4656 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4657 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4658 */
4659 char_u *
4660concat_str(str1, str2)
4661 char_u *str1;
4662 char_u *str2;
4663{
4664 char_u *dest;
4665 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4666
4667 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4668 if (dest != NULL)
4669 {
4670 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4671 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4672 }
4673 return dest;
4674}
4675#endif
4676
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004677/*
4678 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4679 * separator.
4680 */
4681 void
4682add_pathsep(p)
4683 char_u *p;
4684{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004685 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004686 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4687}
4688
4689/*
4690 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4691 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4692 */
4693 char_u *
4694FullName_save(fname, force)
4695 char_u *fname;
4696 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4697 like a full path name */
4698{
4699 char_u *buf;
4700 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4701
4702 if (fname == NULL)
4703 return NULL;
4704
4705 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4706 if (buf != NULL)
4707 {
4708 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4709 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4710 else
4711 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4712 vim_free(buf);
4713 }
4714 return new_fname;
4715}
4716
4717#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4718
4719static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4720
4721/*
4722 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4723 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4724 */
4725 pos_T *
4726find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4727 int ind_maxcomment;
4728{
4729 pos_T *pos;
4730 char_u *line;
4731 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004732 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004733
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004734 for (;;)
4735 {
4736 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4737 if (pos == NULL)
4738 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004739
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004740 /*
4741 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4742 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4743 */
4744 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
4745 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
4746 p = skip_string(p);
4747 if ((unsigned)(p - line) <= pos->col)
4748 break;
4749 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4750 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4751 {
4752 pos = NULL;
4753 break;
4754 }
4755 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004756 return pos;
4757}
4758
4759/*
4760 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4761 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4762 */
4763 static char_u *
4764skip_string(p)
4765 char_u *p;
4766{
4767 int i;
4768
4769 /*
4770 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4771 */
4772 for ( ; ; ++p)
4773 {
4774 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4775 {
4776 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4777 break;
4778 i = 2;
4779 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4780 {
4781 ++i;
4782 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4783 ++i;
4784 }
4785 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4786 {
4787 p += i;
4788 continue;
4789 }
4790 }
4791 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4792 {
4793 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4794 {
4795 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4796 ++p;
4797 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4798 break;
4799 }
4800 if (p[0] == '"')
4801 continue;
4802 }
4803 break; /* no string found */
4804 }
4805 if (!*p)
4806 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4807 return p;
4808}
4809#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4810
4811#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4812
4813/*
4814 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4815 */
4816 void
4817do_c_expr_indent()
4818{
4819# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4820 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4821 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4822 else
4823# endif
4824 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4825}
4826
4827/*
4828 * Functions for C-indenting.
4829 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4830 */
4831/*
4832 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4833 */
4834
4835static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4836static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4837static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4838static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4839static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4840static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4841static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4842static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4843static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4844static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4845static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4846static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4847static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4848static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4849static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4850static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4851static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4852static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4853static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4854static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4855static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004856static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004857static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004858static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004859static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004860static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4861static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4862static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4863static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4864static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4865static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4866static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4867
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004868static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4869
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004870/*
4871 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004872 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004873 */
4874 static char_u *
4875cin_skipcomment(s)
4876 char_u *s;
4877{
4878 while (*s)
4879 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004880 char_u *prev_s = s;
4881
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004882 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004883
4884 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4885 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4886 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4887 {
4888 s += STRLEN(s);
4889 break;
4890 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004891 if (*s != '/')
4892 break;
4893 ++s;
4894 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4895 {
4896 s += STRLEN(s);
4897 break;
4898 }
4899 if (*s != '*')
4900 break;
4901 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4902 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4903 {
4904 s += 2;
4905 break;
4906 }
4907 }
4908 return s;
4909}
4910
4911/*
4912 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4913 * not considered code.
4914 */
4915 static int
4916cin_nocode(s)
4917 char_u *s;
4918{
4919 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4920}
4921
4922/*
4923 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4924 */
4925 static pos_T *
4926find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4927{
4928 static pos_T pos;
4929 char_u *line;
4930 char_u *p;
4931
4932 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4933 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4934 {
4935 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4936 p = skipwhite(line);
4937 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4938 {
4939 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4940 return &pos;
4941 }
4942 if (*p != NUL)
4943 break;
4944 }
4945 return NULL;
4946}
4947
4948/*
4949 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4950 */
4951 static int
4952cin_islabel_skip(s)
4953 char_u **s;
4954{
4955 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4956 return FALSE;
4957
4958 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4959 (*s)++;
4960
4961 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4962
4963 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4964 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4965}
4966
4967/*
4968 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4969 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4970 */
4971 int
4972cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4973 int ind_maxcomment;
4974{
4975 char_u *s;
4976
4977 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4978
4979 /*
4980 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4981 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
4982 */
4983 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4984 return FALSE;
4985 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
4986 return FALSE;
4987
4988 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
4989 {
4990 /*
4991 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
4992 * label.
4993 */
4994 pos_T cursor_save;
4995 pos_T *trypos;
4996 char_u *line;
4997
4998 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
4999 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5000 {
5001 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5002
5003 /*
5004 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5005 */
5006 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5007 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5008 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5009
5010 line = ml_get_curline();
5011 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5012 continue;
5013 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5014 continue;
5015
5016 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5017 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5018 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
5019 || cin_iscase(line)
5020 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5021 return TRUE;
5022 return FALSE;
5023 }
5024 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5025 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5026 }
5027 return FALSE;
5028}
5029
5030/*
5031 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5032 * Q&D-Implementation:
5033 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5034 */
5035 static int
5036cin_isinit(void)
5037{
5038 char_u *s;
5039
5040 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5041
5042 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5043 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5044
5045 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5046 return TRUE;
5047
5048 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5049 return TRUE;
5050
5051 return FALSE;
5052}
5053
5054/*
5055 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5056 */
5057 int
5058cin_iscase(s)
5059 char_u *s;
5060{
5061 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5062 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5063 {
5064 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5065 {
5066 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5067 if (*s == ':')
5068 {
5069 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5070 ++s;
5071 else
5072 return TRUE;
5073 }
5074 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
5075 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
5076 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5077 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5078 else if (*s == '"')
5079 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5080 }
5081 return FALSE;
5082 }
5083
5084 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5085 return TRUE;
5086 return FALSE;
5087}
5088
5089/*
5090 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5091 */
5092 static int
5093cin_isdefault(s)
5094 char_u *s;
5095{
5096 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5097 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5098 && s[1] != ':');
5099}
5100
5101/*
5102 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5103 */
5104 int
5105cin_isscopedecl(s)
5106 char_u *s;
5107{
5108 int i;
5109
5110 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5111 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5112 i = 6;
5113 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5114 i = 9;
5115 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5116 i = 7;
5117 else
5118 return FALSE;
5119 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5120}
5121
5122/*
5123 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5124 * Return NULL if not found.
5125 * case 234: a = b;
5126 * ^
5127 */
5128 static char_u *
5129after_label(l)
5130 char_u *l;
5131{
5132 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5133 {
5134 if (*l == ':')
5135 {
5136 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5137 ++l;
5138 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
5139 break;
5140 }
5141 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5142 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5143 }
5144 if (*l == NUL)
5145 return NULL;
5146 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5147 if (*l == NUL)
5148 return NULL;
5149 return l;
5150}
5151
5152/*
5153 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5154 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5155 */
5156 static int
5157get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5158 linenr_T lnum;
5159{
5160 char_u *l;
5161 pos_T fp;
5162 colnr_T col;
5163 char_u *p;
5164
5165 l = ml_get(lnum);
5166 p = after_label(l);
5167 if (p == NULL)
5168 return 0;
5169
5170 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5171 fp.lnum = lnum;
5172 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5173 return (int)col;
5174}
5175
5176/*
5177 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005178 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005179 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5180 * ^
5181 */
5182 static int
5183skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5184 linenr_T lnum;
5185 char_u **pp;
5186 int ind_maxcomment;
5187{
5188 char_u *l;
5189 int amount;
5190 pos_T cursor_save;
5191
5192 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5193 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5194 l = ml_get_curline();
5195 /* XXX */
5196 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5197 {
5198 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5199 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5200 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5201 l = ml_get_curline();
5202 }
5203 else
5204 {
5205 amount = get_indent();
5206 l = ml_get_curline();
5207 }
5208 *pp = l;
5209
5210 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5211 return amount;
5212}
5213
5214/*
5215 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5216 * int a, indent of "a"
5217 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5218 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5219 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5220 */
5221 static int
5222cin_first_id_amount()
5223{
5224 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5225 int len;
5226 pos_T fp;
5227 colnr_T col;
5228
5229 line = ml_get_curline();
5230 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005231 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005232 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5233 {
5234 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005235 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005236 }
5237 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5238 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5239 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5240 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5241 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5242 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5243 {
5244 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5245 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5246 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5247 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5248 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5249 p = s;
5250 }
5251 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5252 ;
5253 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5254 return 0;
5255
5256 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5257 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5258 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5259 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5260 return (int)col;
5261}
5262
5263/*
5264 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5265 * char *foo = "here";
5266 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5267 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5268 * foo = "asdf\
5269 * asdf\
5270 * here";
5271 */
5272 static int
5273cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5274 linenr_T lnum;
5275{
5276 char_u *line;
5277 char_u *s;
5278 colnr_T col;
5279 pos_T fp;
5280
5281 if (lnum > 1)
5282 {
5283 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5284 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5285 return -1;
5286 }
5287
5288 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5289 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5290 {
5291 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5292 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5293 else
5294 ++s;
5295 }
5296 if (*s != '=')
5297 return 0;
5298
5299 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5300 if (cin_nocode(s))
5301 return 0;
5302
5303 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5304 ++s;
5305
5306 fp.lnum = lnum;
5307 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5308 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5309 return (int)col;
5310}
5311
5312/*
5313 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5314 */
5315 static int
5316cin_ispreproc(s)
5317 char_u *s;
5318{
5319 s = skipwhite(s);
5320 if (*s == '#')
5321 return TRUE;
5322 return FALSE;
5323}
5324
5325/*
5326 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5327 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5328 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5329 */
5330 static int
5331cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5332 char_u **pp;
5333 linenr_T *lnump;
5334{
5335 char_u *line = *pp;
5336 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5337 int retval = FALSE;
5338
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005339 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005340 {
5341 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5342 {
5343 retval = TRUE;
5344 *lnump = lnum;
5345 break;
5346 }
5347 if (lnum == 1)
5348 break;
5349 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5350 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5351 break;
5352 }
5353
5354 if (lnum != *lnump)
5355 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5356 return retval;
5357}
5358
5359/*
5360 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5361 */
5362 static int
5363cin_iscomment(p)
5364 char_u *p;
5365{
5366 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5367}
5368
5369/*
5370 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5371 */
5372 static int
5373cin_islinecomment(p)
5374 char_u *p;
5375{
5376 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5377}
5378
5379/*
5380 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5381 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5382 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5383 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5384 */
5385 static int
5386cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5387 char_u *s;
5388 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5389 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5390{
5391 char_u found_start = 0;
5392
5393 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5394
5395 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5396 found_start = *s;
5397
5398 while (*s)
5399 {
5400 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5401 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5402 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5403 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5404 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5405 return *s;
5406
5407 if (*s)
5408 s++;
5409 }
5410 return found_start;
5411}
5412
5413/*
5414 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5415 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5416 * no semicolons anywhere.
5417 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5418 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5419 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5420 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5421 */
5422 static int
5423cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5424 char_u **sp;
5425 linenr_T first_lnum;
5426{
5427 char_u *s;
5428 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5429 int retval = FALSE;
5430
5431 if (sp == NULL)
5432 s = ml_get(lnum);
5433 else
5434 s = *sp;
5435
5436 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5437 {
5438 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5439 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5440 else
5441 ++s;
5442 }
5443 if (*s != '(')
5444 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5445
5446 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5447 {
5448 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5449 {
5450 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5451 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5452 * #if defined(x) && \
5453 * defined(y)
5454 */
5455 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5456 s = ml_get(lnum);
5457 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5458 retval = TRUE;
5459 goto done;
5460 }
5461 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5462 {
5463 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5464 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5465 break;
5466
5467 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5468 }
5469 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5470 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5471 else
5472 ++s;
5473 }
5474
5475done:
5476 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5477 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5478
5479 return retval;
5480}
5481
5482 static int
5483cin_isif(p)
5484 char_u *p;
5485{
5486 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5487}
5488
5489 static int
5490cin_iselse(p)
5491 char_u *p;
5492{
5493 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5494 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5495 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5496}
5497
5498 static int
5499cin_isdo(p)
5500 char_u *p;
5501{
5502 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5503}
5504
5505/*
5506 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5507 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5508 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5509 */
5510 static int
5511cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5512 char_u *p;
5513 linenr_T lnum;
5514 int ind_maxparen;
5515{
5516 pos_T cursor_save;
5517 pos_T *trypos;
5518 int retval = FALSE;
5519
5520 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5521 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5522 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5523 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5524 {
5525 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5526 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5527 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5528 p = ml_get_curline();
5529 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5530 {
5531 ++p;
5532 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5533 }
5534 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5535 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5536 retval = TRUE;
5537 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5538 }
5539 return retval;
5540}
5541
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005542/*
5543 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5544 * do
5545 * nothing;
5546 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005547 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005548 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5549 */
5550 static int
5551cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5552 int terminated;
5553 int ind_maxparen;
5554 int ind_maxcomment;
5555{
5556 char_u *line;
5557 char_u *p;
5558 char_u *s;
5559 pos_T *trypos;
5560 int i;
5561
5562 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5563 return FALSE;
5564
5565 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5566 while (*p != NUL)
5567 {
5568 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5569 if (*p == ')')
5570 {
5571 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5572 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5573 {
5574 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5575 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005576 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005577 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5578 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5579 if (trypos != NULL)
5580 {
5581 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5582 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5583 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5584 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5585 {
5586 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5587 return TRUE;
5588 }
5589 }
5590
5591 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5592 line = ml_get_curline();
5593 p = line + i;
5594 }
5595 }
5596 if (*p != NUL)
5597 ++p;
5598 }
5599 return FALSE;
5600}
5601
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005602 static int
5603cin_isbreak(p)
5604 char_u *p;
5605{
5606 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5607}
5608
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005609/*
5610 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005611 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5612 *
5613 * class MyClass :
5614 * baseClass <-- here
5615 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5616 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5617 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5618 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005619 *
5620 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005621 */
5622 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005623cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005624 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005625{
5626 char_u *s;
5627 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005628 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005629 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005630
5631 *col = 0;
5632
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005633 s = skipwhite(line);
5634 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5635 return FALSE;
5636 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005637 if (*s == NUL)
5638 return FALSE;
5639
5640 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5641
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005642 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5643 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5644 * a = cond ?
5645 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005646 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005647 * func::foo()
5648 * : something
5649 * {}
5650 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5651 * : something(4),
5652 * somethingelse(3)
5653 * {}
5654 */
5655 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005656 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005657 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5658 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005659 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5660 break;
5661 while (*s != NUL)
5662 {
5663 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5664 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5665 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5666 break;
5667 if (*s != NUL)
5668 ++s;
5669 }
5670 if (*s != NUL)
5671 break;
5672 --lnum;
5673 }
5674
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005675 line = ml_get(lnum);
5676 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005677 for (;;)
5678 {
5679 if (*s == NUL)
5680 {
5681 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5682 break;
5683 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005684 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5685 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5686 if (*s == NUL)
5687 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005688 }
5689
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005690 if (s[0] == ':')
5691 {
5692 if (s[1] == ':')
5693 {
5694 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5695 * initialization any more */
5696 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5697 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5698 }
5699 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5700 {
5701 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005702 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005703 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5704 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5705 *col = 0;
5706 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5707 }
5708 else
5709 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5710 }
5711 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5712 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5713 {
5714 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5715 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5716
5717 if (*s == 'c')
5718 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5719 else
5720 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5721 }
5722 else
5723 {
5724 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5725 {
5726 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5727 }
5728 else if (s[0] == ')')
5729 {
5730 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5731 * something like "):" */
5732 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5733 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5734 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005735 else if (s[0] == '?')
5736 {
5737 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5738 return FALSE;
5739 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005740 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5741 {
5742 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5743 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5744 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5745 }
5746 else if (*col == 0)
5747 {
5748 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5749 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5750
5751 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005752 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005753 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5754 }
5755
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005756 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5757 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5758 *col = 0;
5759
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005760 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5761 }
5762 }
5763
5764 return cpp_base_class;
5765}
5766
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005767 static int
5768get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5769 int col;
5770 int ind_maxparen;
5771 int ind_maxcomment;
5772 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5773{
5774 int amount;
5775 colnr_T vcol;
5776 pos_T *trypos;
5777
5778 if (col == 0)
5779 {
5780 amount = get_indent();
5781 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5782 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5783 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5784 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5785 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5786 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5787 }
5788 else
5789 {
5790 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5791 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5792 amount = (int)vcol;
5793 }
5794 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5795 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5796 return amount;
5797}
5798
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005799/*
5800 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5801 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5802 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5803 */
5804 static int
5805cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5806 char_u *s;
5807 char_u *find;
5808 char_u *ignore;
5809{
5810 char_u *p = s;
5811 char_u *r;
5812 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5813
5814 while (*p != NUL)
5815 {
5816 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5817 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5818 {
5819 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5820 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5821 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5822 if (cin_nocode(r))
5823 return TRUE;
5824 }
5825 if (*p != NUL)
5826 ++p;
5827 }
5828 return FALSE;
5829}
5830
5831/*
5832 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5833 * Return the column found.
5834 */
5835 static int
5836cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5837 pos_T *trypos;
5838{
5839 char_u *line;
5840 char_u *p;
5841
5842 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5843 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5844 {
5845 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5846 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5847 else
5848 {
5849 p = skip_string(p);
5850 ++p;
5851 }
5852 }
5853 return (int)(p - line);
5854}
5855
5856/*
5857 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5858 * Return NULL if no match found.
5859 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5860 * work. */
5861/* foo() */
5862/* { */
5863/* } */
5864
5865 static pos_T *
5866find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5867 int ind_maxcomment;
5868{
5869 pos_T cursor_save;
5870 pos_T *trypos;
5871 pos_T *pos;
5872 static pos_T pos_copy;
5873
5874 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5875 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5876 {
5877 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5878 trypos = &pos_copy;
5879 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5880 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005881 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005882 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5883 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5884 break;
5885 if (pos != NULL)
5886 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5887 }
5888 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5889 return trypos;
5890}
5891
5892/*
5893 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5894 * Return NULL of no match found.
5895 */
5896 static pos_T *
5897find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5898 int ind_maxparen;
5899 int ind_maxcomment;
5900{
5901 pos_T cursor_save;
5902 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005903 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005904
5905 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5906 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5907 {
5908 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5909 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5910 trypos = NULL;
5911 else
5912 {
5913 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5914 trypos = &pos_copy;
5915 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5916 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5917 trypos = NULL;
5918 }
5919 }
5920 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5921 return trypos;
5922}
5923
5924/*
5925 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5926 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5927 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5928 * looking a few lines further.
5929 */
5930 static int
5931corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5932 int ind_maxparen;
5933 pos_T *startpos;
5934{
5935 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5936
5937 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5938 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5939 return ind_maxparen;
5940}
5941
5942/*
5943 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5944 * line "l".
5945 */
5946 static int
5947find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5948 char_u *l;
5949 int start, end;
5950{
5951 int i;
5952 int retval = FALSE;
5953 int open_count = 0;
5954
5955 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5956
5957 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5958 {
5959 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5960 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5961 if (l[i] == start)
5962 ++open_count;
5963 else if (l[i] == end)
5964 {
5965 if (open_count > 0)
5966 --open_count;
5967 else
5968 {
5969 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5970 retval = TRUE;
5971 }
5972 }
5973 }
5974 return retval;
5975}
5976
5977 int
5978get_c_indent()
5979{
5980 /*
5981 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
5982 * block should be
5983 */
5984 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5985
5986 /*
5987 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
5988 * line is imagined to be.
5989 */
5990 int ind_open_imag = 0;
5991
5992 /*
5993 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
5994 * an opening brace.
5995 */
5996 int ind_no_brace = 0;
5997
5998 /*
5999 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6000 */
6001 int ind_first_open = 0;
6002
6003 /*
6004 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6005 * located
6006 */
6007 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6008
6009 /*
6010 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6011 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6012 * brace should be located
6013 */
6014 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6015
6016 /*
6017 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6018 * column is imagined to be
6019 */
6020 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6021
6022 /*
6023 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6024 */
6025 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6026
6027 /*
6028 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6029 */
6030 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6031
6032 /*
6033 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6034 */
6035 int ind_case_break = 0;
6036
6037 /*
6038 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6039 * should be located
6040 */
6041 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6042
6043 /*
6044 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6045 */
6046 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6047
6048 /*
6049 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6050 */
6051 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6052
6053 /*
6054 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6055 */
6056 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6057
6058 /*
6059 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6060 * should be indented
6061 */
6062 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6063
6064 /*
6065 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6066 * should be located
6067 */
6068 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6069
6070 /*
6071 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6072 */
6073 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6074
6075 /*
6076 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6077 * itself is also unclosed
6078 */
6079 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6080
6081 /*
6082 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6083 * unclosed parentheses.
6084 */
6085 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6086
6087 /*
6088 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6089 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6090 * context (for very long lines).
6091 */
6092 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6093
6094 /*
6095 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6096 * an unclosed parentheses.
6097 */
6098 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6099
6100 /*
6101 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6102 * opening parentheses.
6103 */
6104 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6105
6106 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006107 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6108 */
6109 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6110
6111 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006112 * Extra indent for comments.
6113 */
6114 int ind_comment = 0;
6115
6116 /*
6117 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6118 */
6119 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6120
6121 /*
6122 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6123 * after the comment opener.
6124 */
6125 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6126
6127 /*
6128 * max lines to search for an open paren
6129 */
6130 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6131
6132 /*
6133 * max lines to search for an open comment
6134 */
6135 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6136
6137 /*
6138 * handle braces for java code
6139 */
6140 int ind_java = 0;
6141
6142 /*
6143 * handle blocked cases correctly
6144 */
6145 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6146
6147 pos_T cur_curpos;
6148 int amount;
6149 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006150 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006151 colnr_T col;
6152 char_u *theline;
6153 char_u *linecopy;
6154 pos_T *trypos;
6155 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6156 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6157 char_u *start;
6158 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006159#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006160#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6161#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6162 linenr_T ourscope;
6163 char_u *l;
6164 char_u *look;
6165 char_u terminated;
6166 int lookfor;
6167#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6168#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6169#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6170#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6171#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6172#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6173#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6174#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6175#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6176#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6177#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6178
6179 int whilelevel;
6180 linenr_T lnum;
6181 char_u *options;
6182 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6183 int divider;
6184 int n;
6185 int iscase;
6186 int lookfor_break;
6187 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
6188
6189 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6190 {
6191 l = options++;
6192 if (*options == '-')
6193 ++options;
6194 n = getdigits(&options);
6195 divider = 0;
6196 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6197 {
6198 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6199 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6200 {
6201 ++options;
6202 if (divider)
6203 divider *= 10;
6204 else
6205 divider = 10;
6206 }
6207 }
6208 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6209 {
6210 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6211 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6212 else
6213 {
6214 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6215 if (divider)
6216 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6217 }
6218 ++options;
6219 }
6220 if (l[1] == '-')
6221 n = -n;
6222 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006223 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006224 switch (*l)
6225 {
6226 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6227 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6228 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6229 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6230 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6231 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6232 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
6233 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6234 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6235 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6236 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6237 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6238 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6239 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6240 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6241 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6242 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6243 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6244 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6245 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6246 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6247 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6248 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006249 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006250 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6251 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6252 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6253 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6254 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
6255 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006256 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006257 }
6258 }
6259
6260 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6261 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6262
6263 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6264 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6265 * ml_get is valid! */
6266 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6267 if (linecopy == NULL)
6268 return 0;
6269
6270 /*
6271 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6272 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6273 * inserting new stuff.
6274 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6275 * check for that.
6276 */
6277 if ((State & INSERT)
6278 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
6279 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6280 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6281
6282 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6283
6284 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6285
6286 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6287
6288 /*
6289 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6290 */
6291 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6292 {
6293 amount = 0;
6294 }
6295
6296 /*
6297 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
6298 */
6299 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
6300 {
6301 amount = 0;
6302 }
6303
6304 /*
6305 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6306 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6307 */
6308 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6309 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6310 {
6311 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6312 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6313 amount = col;
6314 }
6315
6316 /*
6317 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6318 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6319 */
6320 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6321 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6322 {
6323 int lead_start_len = 2;
6324 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6325 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6326 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6327 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6328 char_u *p;
6329 int start_align = 0;
6330 int start_off = 0;
6331 int done = FALSE;
6332
6333 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6334 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6335 amount = col;
6336
6337 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6338 while (*p != NUL)
6339 {
6340 int align = 0;
6341 int off = 0;
6342 int what = 0;
6343
6344 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6345 {
6346 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6347 what = *p++;
6348 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6349 align = *p++;
6350 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6351 off = getdigits(&p);
6352 else
6353 ++p;
6354 }
6355
6356 if (*p == ':')
6357 ++p;
6358 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6359 if (what == COM_START)
6360 {
6361 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6362 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6363 start_off = off;
6364 start_align = align;
6365 }
6366 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6367 {
6368 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6369 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6370 }
6371 else if (what == COM_END)
6372 {
6373 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6374 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6375 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6376 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6377 {
6378 done = TRUE;
6379 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6380 {
6381 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006382 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006383 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6384 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6385 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6386 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6387 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6388 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6389 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6390 {
6391 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6392 break;
6393 }
6394 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6395 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6396 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6397 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6398 continue;
6399 }
6400 if (start_off != 0)
6401 amount += start_off;
6402 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006403 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6404 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006405 break;
6406 }
6407
6408 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6409 * with the middle comment */
6410 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6411 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6412 {
6413 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6414 /* XXX */
6415 if (off != 0)
6416 amount += off;
6417 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006418 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6419 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006420 done = TRUE;
6421 break;
6422 }
6423 }
6424 }
6425
6426 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6427 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6428 * with the first character of the comment text.
6429 */
6430 if (done)
6431 ;
6432 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6433 amount += 1;
6434 else
6435 {
6436 /*
6437 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6438 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6439 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6440 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6441 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6442 */
6443 amount = -1;
6444 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6445 {
6446 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6447 continue;
6448 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6449 break;
6450 }
6451 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6452 {
6453 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6454 {
6455 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6456 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6457 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6458 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6459 }
6460 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6461 amount = col;
6462 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6463 amount += ind_in_comment;
6464 }
6465 }
6466 }
6467
6468 /*
6469 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6470 */ /* XXX */
6471 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6472 && ind_java == 0)
6473 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6474 || trypos != NULL)
6475 {
6476 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6477 {
6478 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6479 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6480 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6481 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6482 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6483 trypos = NULL;
6484 else
6485 tryposBrace = NULL;
6486 }
6487
6488 if (trypos != NULL)
6489 {
6490 /*
6491 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6492 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6493 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006494 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006495 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006496 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6497 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6498 }
6499 else
6500 {
6501 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006502 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6503 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006504 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006505 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6506 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6507 continue;
6508 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6509 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6510 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006511
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006512 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6513 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6514 {
6515 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6516 continue;
6517 }
6518
6519 /* XXX */
6520 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6521 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006522 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006523 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6524 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6525 {
6526 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006527
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006528 if (theline[0] == ')')
6529 {
6530 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6531 && cur_amount > amount)
6532 cur_amount = amount;
6533 amount = -1;
6534 }
6535 break;
6536 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006537 }
6538 }
6539
6540 /*
6541 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6542 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6543 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6544 */
6545 if (amount == -1)
6546 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006547 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6548
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006549 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006550 look = skipwhite(look);
6551 if (*look == '(')
6552 {
6553 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6554 char_u *line;
6555 int look_col;
6556
6557 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6558 * our matching '('. */
6559 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6560 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006561 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006562 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6563 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6564 != NULL
6565 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6566 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6567 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6568
6569 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6570 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6571 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006572 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006573 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6574 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006575 {
6576 /*
6577 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6578 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6579 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6580 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6581 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6582 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6583 * lines).
6584 */
6585 if (theline[0] != ')')
6586 {
6587 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6588 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6589 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6590 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6591 {
6592 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6593 * for each additional level */
6594 n = 1;
6595 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6596 {
6597 switch (l[col])
6598 {
6599 case '(':
6600 case '{': ++n;
6601 break;
6602
6603 case ')':
6604 case '}': if (n > 1)
6605 --n;
6606 break;
6607 }
6608 }
6609
6610 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6611 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6612 }
6613 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6614 our_paren_pos.col++;
6615 else
6616 {
6617 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6618 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6619 col++;
6620 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6621 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6622 else
6623 our_paren_pos.col++;
6624 }
6625 }
6626
6627 /*
6628 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6629 * if we did the above "if".
6630 */
6631 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6632 {
6633 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6634 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6635 cur_amount = col;
6636 }
6637 }
6638
6639 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6640 {
6641 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6642 }
6643 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006644 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006645 {
6646 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6647 amount = cur_amount;
6648 }
6649 else
6650 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006651 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6652 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006653 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006654 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006655 {
6656 --our_paren_pos.col;
6657 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6658 {
6659 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6660 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6661 break;
6662 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6663 col = MAXCOL;
6664 break;
6665 }
6666 }
6667
6668 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6669 * braces */
6670 if (col == MAXCOL)
6671 amount += ind_unclosed;
6672 else
6673 {
6674 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6675 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6676 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6677 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6678 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6679 else
6680 amount += ind_unclosed;
6681 }
6682 /*
6683 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6684 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6685 * lines:
6686 * func_long_name( if (x
6687 * arg && yy
6688 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6689 */
6690 if (cur_amount < amount)
6691 amount = cur_amount;
6692 }
6693 }
6694
6695 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6696 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6697 amount += ind_comment;
6698 }
6699
6700 /*
6701 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6702 */
6703 else
6704 {
6705 trypos = tryposBrace;
6706
6707 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6708 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6709
6710 /*
6711 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6712 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6713 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6714 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6715 */
6716 look = skipwhite(start);
6717 if (*look == '{')
6718 {
6719 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6720 amount = col;
6721 if (*start == '{')
6722 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6723 else
6724 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6725 }
6726 else
6727 {
6728 /*
6729 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6730 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6731 */
6732 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6733
6734 /*
6735 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6736 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6737 */
6738 lnum = ourscope;
6739 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6740 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6741 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6742 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6743
6744 /*
6745 * It could have been something like
6746 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6747 * ldfd) {
6748 * }
6749 */
6750 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6751 amount = get_indent();
6752 else
6753 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6754
6755 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6756 }
6757
6758 /*
6759 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6760 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6761 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6762 */
6763 if (theline[0] == '}')
6764 {
6765 /*
6766 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6767 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6768 */
6769 amount += ind_close_extra;
6770 }
6771 else
6772 {
6773 /*
6774 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6775 * to match it with.
6776 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6777 * to match it with.
6778 */
6779 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6780 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6781 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6782 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6783 /* XXX */
6784 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6785 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6786 {
6787 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6788 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6789 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6790 {
6791 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6792 goto theend;
6793 }
6794 }
6795
6796 /*
6797 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6798 * failed to find a matching "if").
6799 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6800 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6801 */
6802
6803 /*
6804 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6805 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6806 * location for ind_open_extra.
6807 */
6808
6809 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6810 {
6811 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6812 }
6813 else
6814 {
6815 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6816 amount += ind_open_imag;
6817 else
6818 {
6819 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6820 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6821 if (amount < 0)
6822 amount = 0;
6823 }
6824 }
6825
6826 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6827
6828 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6829 {
6830 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6831 amount += ind_case;
6832 }
6833 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6834 {
6835 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6836 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6837 }
6838 else
6839 {
6840 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6841 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6842
6843 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6844 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6845 }
6846 scope_amount = amount;
6847 whilelevel = 0;
6848
6849 /*
6850 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6851 * with that.
6852 *
6853 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6854 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6855 * that opens the block.
6856 */
6857 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6858 for (;;)
6859 {
6860 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6861 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6862
6863 /*
6864 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6865 * up with it.
6866 */
6867 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6868 {
6869 /* we reached end of scope:
6870 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6871 * go further back:
6872 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6873 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6874 * declaration:
6875 * int x,
6876 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6877 */
6878 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6879 {
6880 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6881 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6882 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6883 {
6884 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6885 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6886 * initialization) */
6887 if (cont_amount > 0)
6888 amount = cont_amount;
6889 else
6890 amount += ind_continuation;
6891 break;
6892 }
6893
6894 l = ml_get_curline();
6895
6896 /*
6897 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6898 * comment.
6899 */
6900 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6901 if (trypos != NULL)
6902 {
6903 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006904 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006905 continue;
6906 }
6907
6908 /*
6909 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6910 */
6911 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6912 continue;
6913
6914 if (cin_nocode(l))
6915 continue;
6916
6917 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6918
6919 /*
6920 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6921 * function declaration, we are done
6922 * (it's a variable declaration).
6923 */
6924 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6925 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6926 {
6927 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6928 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6929 * don't add extra indent.
6930 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6931 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6932 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6933 */
6934 if (terminated == ',')
6935 break;
6936
6937 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6938 * we are done.
6939 */
6940 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6941 break;
6942
6943 /* nothing useful found */
6944 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6945 continue;
6946 }
6947
6948 if (terminated != ';')
6949 {
6950 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6951 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6952 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6953 */ /* XXX */
6954 trypos = NULL;
6955 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6956 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6957 ind_maxcomment);
6958
6959 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6960 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6961
6962 if (trypos != NULL)
6963 {
6964 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006965 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006966 continue;
6967 }
6968 }
6969
6970 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
6971 * like in
6972 * int a,
6973 * b;
6974 */
6975 if (cont_amount > 0)
6976 amount = cont_amount;
6977 else
6978 amount += ind_continuation;
6979 }
6980 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6981 {
6982 if (cont_amount > 0)
6983 amount = cont_amount;
6984 else
6985 amount += ind_continuation;
6986 }
6987 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
6988 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6989 {
6990 amount = scope_amount;
6991 if (theline[0] == '{')
6992 amount += ind_open_extra;
6993 }
6994 break;
6995 }
6996
6997 /*
6998 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
6999 */ /* XXX */
7000 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7001 {
7002 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007003 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007004 continue;
7005 }
7006
7007 l = ml_get_curline();
7008
7009 /*
7010 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007011 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007012 */
7013 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
7014 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7015 {
7016 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7017 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7018 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7019 break;
7020
7021 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7022 * labels. */
7023 if (whilelevel > 0)
7024 continue;
7025
7026 /*
7027 * case xx:
7028 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7029 *-> here;
7030 */
7031 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7032 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7033 {
7034 if (cont_amount > 0)
7035 amount = cont_amount;
7036 else
7037 amount += ind_continuation;
7038 break;
7039 }
7040
7041 /*
7042 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7043 * x = 333;
7044 * case yy:
7045 */
7046 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7047 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7048 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7049 {
7050 /*
7051 * Check that this case label is not for another
7052 * switch()
7053 */ /* XXX */
7054 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7055 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7056 {
7057 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7058 break;
7059 }
7060 continue;
7061 }
7062
7063 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7064
7065 /*
7066 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7067 * y = y + 1;
7068 * -> s = 99;
7069 *
7070 * case xx:
7071 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7072 * y = y + 1;
7073 * -> s = 99;
7074 */
7075 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7076 {
7077 if (n)
7078 amount = n;
7079
7080 if (!lookfor_break)
7081 break;
7082 }
7083
7084 /*
7085 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7086 * -> y = y + 1;
7087 *
7088 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7089 * -> y = y + 1;
7090 */
7091 if (n)
7092 {
7093 amount = n;
7094 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7095 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007096 {
7097 if (theline[0] == '{')
7098 amount += ind_open_extra;
7099 else
7100 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7101 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007102 break;
7103 }
7104
7105 /*
7106 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7107 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7108 * switch label.
7109 * break; <- may line up with this line
7110 * case xx:
7111 * -> y = 1;
7112 */
7113 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7114 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7115 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7116 continue;
7117 }
7118
7119 /*
7120 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7121 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7122 */
7123 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7124 {
7125 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7126 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007127 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007128 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007129 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7130 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007131 continue;
7132 }
7133
7134 /*
7135 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7136 */
7137 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
7138 {
7139 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7140 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7141 continue;
7142 }
7143
7144 /*
7145 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7146 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7147 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7148 * unlocked it)
7149 */
7150 l = ml_get_curline();
7151 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7152 || cin_nocode(l))
7153 continue;
7154
7155 /*
7156 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7157 * constructor initialization?
7158 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007159 n = FALSE;
7160 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7161 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007162 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007163 l = ml_get_curline();
7164 }
7165 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007166 {
7167 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7168 {
7169 if (cont_amount > 0)
7170 amount = cont_amount;
7171 else
7172 amount += ind_continuation;
7173 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007174 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007175 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007176 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7177 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7178 ind_continuation = 0;
7179 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007180 }
7181 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007182 /* XXX */
7183 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7184 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007185 break;
7186 }
7187 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7188 {
7189 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007190 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7191 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007192 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7193 break;
7194 else
7195 continue;
7196 }
7197
7198 /*
7199 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7200 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007201 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007202 * 123,
7203 * sizeof
7204 * here
7205 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7206 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7207 * (indented).
7208 */
7209 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7210
7211 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7212 && terminated == ','))
7213 {
7214 /*
7215 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7216 * go back to the line that starts it so
7217 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7218 * if ( foo &&
7219 * bar )
7220 */
7221 /*
7222 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7223 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7224 */
7225 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7226 trypos = find_match_paren(
7227 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7228 ind_maxcomment);
7229
7230 /*
7231 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7232 * braces.
7233 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007234 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7235 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007236 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7237
7238 if (trypos != NULL)
7239 {
7240 /*
7241 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7242 * handled above.
7243 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7244 * asdf)
7245 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007246 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007247 l = ml_get_curline();
7248 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7249 {
7250 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007251 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007252 continue;
7253 }
7254 }
7255
7256 /*
7257 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7258 * indent from
7259 * char *usethis = "bla\
7260 * bla",
7261 * here;
7262 */
7263 if (terminated == ',')
7264 {
7265 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7266 {
7267 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7268 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7269 break;
7270 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007271 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007272 }
7273 }
7274
7275 /*
7276 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7277 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7278 */
7279 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7280 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7281
7282 /*
7283 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7284 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7285 * while (not)
7286 * -> {
7287 * }
7288 */
7289 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7290 && theline[0] == '{')
7291 {
7292 amount = cur_amount;
7293 /*
7294 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7295 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7296 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7297 * { 1, 2 },
7298 * -> { 3, 4 }
7299 */
7300 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7301 amount += ind_open_extra;
7302
7303 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7304 {
7305 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7306 * class declaration or initialization */
7307 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7308 continue;
7309 }
7310 break;
7311 }
7312
7313 /*
7314 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7315 * Also allow " } else".
7316 */
7317 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7318 {
7319 /*
7320 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7321 * with the last one.
7322 * if (cond)
7323 * 100 +
7324 * -> here;
7325 */
7326 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7327 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7328 {
7329 if (cont_amount > 0)
7330 amount = cont_amount;
7331 else
7332 amount += ind_continuation;
7333 break;
7334 }
7335
7336 /*
7337 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7338 * are finished.
7339 * while (not)
7340 * -> here;
7341 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7342 * before this is terminated.
7343 * yyy;
7344 * if (stat)
7345 * while (not)
7346 * xxx;
7347 * -> here;
7348 */
7349 amount = cur_amount;
7350 if (theline[0] == '{')
7351 amount += ind_open_extra;
7352 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7353 {
7354 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7355 break;
7356 }
7357
7358 /*
7359 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7360 * do, line up with the while()
7361 * do
7362 * x = 1;
7363 * -> here
7364 */
7365 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7366 if (cin_isdo(l))
7367 {
7368 if (whilelevel == 0)
7369 break;
7370 --whilelevel;
7371 }
7372
7373 /*
7374 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7375 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7376 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7377 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7378 */
7379 if (cin_iselse(l)
7380 && whilelevel == 0
7381 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7382 == NULL
7383 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7384 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7385 break;
7386 }
7387
7388 /*
7389 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7390 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007391 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007392 * the line before this one.
7393 */
7394 else
7395 {
7396 /*
7397 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7398 * the last one.
7399 * c = 99 +
7400 * 100 +
7401 * -> here;
7402 */
7403 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7404 {
7405 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7406 if (terminated == ',')
7407 amount += ind_continuation;
7408 break;
7409 }
7410
7411 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7412 {
7413 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7414 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7415 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7416 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7417 * enumerations/initializations. */
7418 if (terminated == ',')
7419 {
7420 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7421 break;
7422
7423 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7424 continue;
7425 }
7426
7427 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7428 * reduce indent. */
7429 if (amount > cur_amount)
7430 amount = cur_amount;
7431 }
7432 else
7433 {
7434 /*
7435 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7436 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7437 * 100 +
7438 * -> here;
7439 */
7440 amount = cur_amount;
7441
7442 /*
7443 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7444 * are in an initialization or enum
7445 * struct xxx =
7446 * {
7447 * sizeof a,
7448 * 124 };
7449 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7450 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7451 * yet.
7452 */
7453 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7454 {
7455 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7456 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7457 }
7458 else
7459 {
7460 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7461 && *l != NUL
7462 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7463 /* XXX */
7464 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7465 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7466 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7467 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7468 }
7469 }
7470 }
7471 }
7472
7473 /*
7474 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7475 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7476 */
7477 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007478 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7479 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007480 {
7481 /*
7482 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7483 * with the last one.
7484 * while (cond);
7485 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7486 * -> here;
7487 */
7488 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7489 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7490 {
7491 if (cont_amount > 0)
7492 amount = cont_amount;
7493 else
7494 amount += ind_continuation;
7495 break;
7496 }
7497
7498 if (whilelevel == 0)
7499 {
7500 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7501 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7502 if (theline[0] == '{')
7503 amount += ind_open_extra;
7504 }
7505 ++whilelevel;
7506 }
7507
7508 /*
7509 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7510 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7511 * indent of that other statement.
7512 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7513 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7514 */
7515 else
7516 {
7517 /*
7518 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7519 * may be lined up with the case label.
7520 */
7521 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7522 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7523 {
7524 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7525 continue;
7526 }
7527
7528 /*
7529 * Handle "do {" line.
7530 */
7531 if (whilelevel > 0)
7532 {
7533 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7534 if (cin_isdo(l))
7535 {
7536 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7537 --whilelevel;
7538 continue;
7539 }
7540 }
7541
7542 /*
7543 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7544 * the amount for a continuation line.
7545 * x = 1;
7546 * y = foo +
7547 * -> here;
7548 * or
7549 * int x = 1;
7550 * int foo,
7551 * -> here;
7552 */
7553 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7554 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7555 {
7556 if (cont_amount > 0)
7557 amount = cont_amount;
7558 else
7559 amount += ind_continuation;
7560 break;
7561 }
7562
7563 /*
7564 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7565 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7566 * x = 1; x = 1;
7567 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7568 * while (asdf) ->here;
7569 * here;
7570 * ->foo;
7571 */
7572 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7573 {
7574 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7575 break;
7576 }
7577
7578 /*
7579 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7580 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7581 * a terminated line.
7582 */
7583 else
7584 {
7585 /*
7586 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7587 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7588 * the line. Helps for:
7589 * func(asdr,
7590 * asdfasdf);
7591 * here;
7592 */
7593term_again:
7594 l = ml_get_curline();
7595 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7596 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7597 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7598 {
7599 /*
7600 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7601 * handled above.
7602 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7603 * asdf)
7604 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007605 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007606 l = ml_get_curline();
7607 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7608 {
7609 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007610 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007611 continue;
7612 }
7613 }
7614
7615 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7616 * with a statement after it.
7617 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7618 * stat;
7619 * }
7620 * case 2:
7621 * stat;
7622 * }
7623 */
7624 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7625
7626 /*
7627 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7628 * ignoring any jump label.
7629 */
7630 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7631 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7632
7633 if (theline[0] == '{')
7634 amount += ind_open_extra;
7635 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007636 l = skipwhite(l);
7637 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007638 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7639 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7640
7641 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007642 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7643 * the matching "if":
7644 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007645 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007646 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7647 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7648 */
7649 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7650 && *l != '}'
7651 && cin_iselse(l)
7652 && whilelevel == 0)
7653 {
7654 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7655 == NULL
7656 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7657 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7658 break;
7659 continue;
7660 }
7661
7662 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007663 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7664 * that block.
7665 */
7666 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7667 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7668 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7669 != NULL) /* XXX */
7670 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007671 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007672 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7673 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7674 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7675 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7676 goto term_again;
7677 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007678 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007679 }
7680 }
7681 }
7682 }
7683 }
7684 }
7685
7686 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7687 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7688 amount += ind_comment;
7689 }
7690
7691 /*
7692 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7693 *
7694 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7695 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7696 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7697 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7698 */
7699 else
7700 {
7701 /*
7702 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7703 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7704 * of a function
7705 */
7706
7707 if (theline[0] == '{')
7708 {
7709 amount = ind_first_open;
7710 }
7711
7712 /*
7713 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7714 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
7715 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
7716 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
7717 */
7718 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7719 && !cin_nocode(theline)
7720 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7721 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7722 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7723 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7724 {
7725 amount = ind_func_type;
7726 }
7727 else
7728 {
7729 amount = 0;
7730 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7731
7732 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7733
7734 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7735 {
7736 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7737 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7738
7739 l = ml_get_curline();
7740
7741 /*
7742 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7743 */ /* XXX */
7744 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7745 {
7746 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007747 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007748 continue;
7749 }
7750
7751 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007752 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7753 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007754 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007755 n = FALSE;
7756 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7757 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007758 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007759 l = ml_get_curline();
7760 }
7761 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007762 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007763 /* XXX */
7764 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7765 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007766 break;
7767 }
7768
7769 /*
7770 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7771 */
7772 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7773 continue;
7774
7775 if (cin_nocode(l))
7776 continue;
7777
7778 /*
7779 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7780 * indentation:
7781 * int foo,
7782 * bar;
7783 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7784 * enum foobar
7785 * {
7786 * ...
7787 * } foo,
7788 * bar;
7789 */
7790 n = 0;
7791 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7792 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7793 {
7794 /* take us back to opening paren */
7795 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7796 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7797 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007798 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007799
7800 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7801 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7802 * char *foo = "bla\
7803 * bla",
7804 * here;
7805 */
7806 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7807 {
7808 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7809 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7810 break;
7811 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007812 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007813 }
7814
7815 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7816
7817 if (amount == 0)
7818 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7819 if (amount == 0)
7820 amount = ind_continuation;
7821 break;
7822 }
7823
7824 /*
7825 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7826 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7827 */
7828 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7829 break;
7830 l = ml_get_curline();
7831
7832 /*
7833 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7834 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7835 */
7836 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7837 break;
7838
7839 /* (matching {)
7840 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7841 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7842 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7843 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7844 */
7845 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7846 break;
7847
7848 /*
7849 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7850 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7851 * parameters.
7852 */
7853 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7854 {
7855 amount = ind_param;
7856 break;
7857 }
7858
7859 /*
7860 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7861 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7862 * int foo,
7863 * bar;
7864 * indent_to_0 here;
7865 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007866 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007867 {
7868 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7869 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7870 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7871 break;
7872 l = ml_get_curline();
7873 }
7874
7875 /*
7876 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7877 * use the indent of this line.
7878 *
7879 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7880 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7881 */
7882 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7883
7884 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7885 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007886 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007887 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7888 break;
7889 }
7890
7891 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7892 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7893 amount += ind_comment;
7894
7895 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7896 * "asdfasdf\
7897 * here";
7898 * char *foo = "asdf\
7899 * here";
7900 */
7901 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7902 {
7903 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7904 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7905 {
7906 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7907 if (cur_amount > 0)
7908 amount = cur_amount;
7909 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7910 amount += ind_continuation;
7911 }
7912 }
7913 }
7914 }
7915
7916theend:
7917 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7918 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7919
7920 vim_free(linecopy);
7921
7922 if (amount < 0)
7923 return 0;
7924 return amount;
7925}
7926
7927 static int
7928find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7929 int lookfor;
7930 linenr_T ourscope;
7931 int ind_maxparen;
7932 int ind_maxcomment;
7933{
7934 char_u *look;
7935 pos_T *theirscope;
7936 char_u *mightbeif;
7937 int elselevel;
7938 int whilelevel;
7939
7940 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7941 {
7942 elselevel = 1;
7943 whilelevel = 0;
7944 }
7945 else
7946 {
7947 elselevel = 0;
7948 whilelevel = 1;
7949 }
7950
7951 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7952
7953 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7954 {
7955 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7956 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7957
7958 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7959 if (cin_iselse(look)
7960 || cin_isif(look)
7961 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
7962 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7963 {
7964 /*
7965 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
7966 * we must be out of scope...
7967 */
7968 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
7969 if (theirscope == NULL)
7970 break;
7971
7972 /*
7973 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
7974 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
7975 * out of luck too.
7976 */
7977 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
7978 break;
7979
7980 /*
7981 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
7982 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
7983 * different scope...
7984 */
7985 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
7986 continue;
7987
7988 /*
7989 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
7990 * then we need to go back to another if, so
7991 * increment elselevel
7992 */
7993 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7994 if (cin_iselse(look))
7995 {
7996 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
7997 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
7998 ++elselevel;
7999 continue;
8000 }
8001
8002 /*
8003 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8004 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8005 */
8006 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8007 {
8008 ++whilelevel;
8009 continue;
8010 }
8011
8012 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8013 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8014 if (cin_isif(look))
8015 {
8016 elselevel--;
8017 /*
8018 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8019 * get in the way.
8020 */
8021 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8022 whilelevel = 0;
8023 }
8024
8025 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8026 if (cin_isdo(look))
8027 whilelevel--;
8028
8029 /*
8030 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8031 * this must be the if that we want!
8032 * match the indent level of that if.
8033 */
8034 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8035 {
8036 return OK;
8037 }
8038 }
8039 }
8040 return FAIL;
8041}
8042
8043# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8044/*
8045 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8046 */
8047 int
8048get_expr_indent()
8049{
8050 int indent;
8051 pos_T pos;
8052 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008053 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8054 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008055
8056 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8057 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008058 if (use_sandbox)
8059 ++sandbox;
8060 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008061 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008062 if (use_sandbox)
8063 --sandbox;
8064 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008065
8066 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8067 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8068 * command. */
8069 save_State = State;
8070 State = INSERT;
8071 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8072 check_cursor();
8073 State = save_State;
8074
8075 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8076 if (indent < 0)
8077 indent = get_indent();
8078
8079 return indent;
8080}
8081# endif
8082
8083#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8084
8085#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8086
8087static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8088
8089 static int
8090lisp_match(p)
8091 char_u *p;
8092{
8093 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8094 int len;
8095 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8096
8097 while (*word != NUL)
8098 {
8099 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8100 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8101 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8102 return TRUE;
8103 }
8104 return FALSE;
8105}
8106
8107/*
8108 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8109 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8110 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8111 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8112 *
8113 * TODO:
8114 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8115 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8116 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8117 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8118 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8119 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008120 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8121 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008122 */
8123 int
8124get_lisp_indent()
8125{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008126 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008127 int amount;
8128 char_u *that;
8129 colnr_T col;
8130 colnr_T firsttry;
8131 int parencount, quotecount;
8132 int vi_lisp;
8133
8134 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8135 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8136
8137 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8138 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8139
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008140 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8141 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8142 else
8143 {
8144 paren = *pos;
8145 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8146 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8147 pos = &paren;
8148 }
8149 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008150 {
8151 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8152 * line that is at the same () level. */
8153 amount = -1;
8154 parencount = 0;
8155
8156 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8157 {
8158 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8159 continue;
8160 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8161 {
8162 if (*that == ';')
8163 {
8164 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8165 ++that;
8166 continue;
8167 }
8168 if (*that == '\\')
8169 {
8170 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8171 ++that;
8172 continue;
8173 }
8174 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8175 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008176 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8177 {
8178 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8179 if (*that == '\\')
8180 {
8181 if (*++that == NUL)
8182 break;
8183 if (that[1] == NUL)
8184 {
8185 ++that;
8186 break;
8187 }
8188 }
8189 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008190 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008191 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008192 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008193 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008194 --parencount;
8195 }
8196 if (parencount == 0)
8197 {
8198 amount = get_indent();
8199 break;
8200 }
8201 }
8202
8203 if (amount == -1)
8204 {
8205 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8206 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8207 col = pos->col;
8208
8209 that = ml_get_curline();
8210
8211 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8212 amount = 2;
8213 else
8214 {
8215 amount = 0;
8216 while (*that && col)
8217 {
8218 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8219 col--;
8220 }
8221
8222 /*
8223 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8224 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8225 *
8226 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8227 * (...)) of (...))
8228 */
8229
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008230 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8231 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008232 amount += 2;
8233 else
8234 {
8235 that++;
8236 amount++;
8237 firsttry = amount;
8238
8239 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8240 {
8241 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8242 ++that;
8243 }
8244
8245 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8246 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008247 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008248 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008249 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008250 firsttry++;
8251
8252 parencount = 0;
8253 quotecount = 0;
8254
8255 if (vi_lisp
8256 || (*that != '"'
8257 && *that != '\''
8258 && *that != '#'
8259 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8260 {
8261 while (*that
8262 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8263 || quotecount
8264 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008265 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008266 && !quotecount
8267 && !parencount
8268 && vi_lisp)))
8269 {
8270 if (*that == '"')
8271 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008272 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8273 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008274 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008275 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8276 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008277 --parencount;
8278 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8279 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8280 (colnr_T)amount);
8281 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8282 (colnr_T)amount);
8283 }
8284 }
8285 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8286 {
8287 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8288 that++;
8289 }
8290 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8291 amount = firsttry;
8292 }
8293 }
8294 }
8295 }
8296 }
8297 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008298 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008299
8300 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8301
8302 return amount;
8303}
8304#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8305
8306 void
8307prepare_to_exit()
8308{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008309#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8310 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8311 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8312 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008313 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8314#endif
8315
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008316#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8317 if (gui.in_use)
8318 {
8319 gui.dying = TRUE;
8320 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8321 }
8322 else
8323#endif
8324 {
8325 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8326
8327 /*
8328 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8329 * screen (if there are two screens).
8330 */
8331 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8332#ifdef WIN3264
8333 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8334#endif
8335 stoptermcap();
8336 out_flush();
8337 }
8338}
8339
8340/*
8341 * Preserve files and exit.
8342 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8343 */
8344 void
8345preserve_exit()
8346{
8347 buf_T *buf;
8348
8349 prepare_to_exit();
8350
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008351 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8352 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8353 really_exiting = TRUE;
8354
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008355 out_str(IObuff);
8356 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8357 out_flush();
8358
8359 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8360
8361 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8362 {
8363 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8364 {
8365 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8366 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8367 out_flush();
8368 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8369 break;
8370 }
8371 }
8372
8373 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8374
8375 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8376
8377 getout(1);
8378}
8379
8380/*
8381 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8382 */
8383 int
8384vim_fexists(fname)
8385 char_u *fname;
8386{
8387 struct stat st;
8388
8389 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8390 return FALSE;
8391 return TRUE;
8392}
8393
8394/*
8395 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8396 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8397 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8398 * time, because it can be a system call.
8399 */
8400
8401#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8402# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8403# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8404# else
8405# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8406# endif
8407#endif
8408
8409static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8410
8411 void
8412line_breakcheck()
8413{
8414 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8415 {
8416 breakcheck_count = 0;
8417 ui_breakcheck();
8418 }
8419}
8420
8421/*
8422 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8423 */
8424 void
8425fast_breakcheck()
8426{
8427 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8428 {
8429 breakcheck_count = 0;
8430 ui_breakcheck();
8431 }
8432}
8433
8434/*
8435 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8436 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008437 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008438 */
8439 int
8440expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8441 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8442 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8443 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8444 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8445 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8446{
8447 int retval;
8448 int i, j;
8449 char_u *p;
8450 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8451
8452 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8453
8454 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8455 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8456 return retval;
8457
8458#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8459 /*
8460 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8461 */
8462 if (*p_wig)
8463 {
8464 char_u *ffname;
8465
8466 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8467 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8468 {
8469 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8470 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8471 break;
8472# ifdef VMS
8473 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8474# endif
8475 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8476 {
8477 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8478 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8479 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8480 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8481 --*num_file;
8482 --i;
8483 }
8484 vim_free(ffname);
8485 }
8486 }
8487#endif
8488
8489 /*
8490 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8491 */
8492 if (*num_file > 1)
8493 {
8494 non_suf_match = 0;
8495 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8496 {
8497 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8498 {
8499 /*
8500 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8501 * of the list.
8502 */
8503 p = (*file)[i];
8504 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8505 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8506 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8507 }
8508 }
8509 }
8510
8511 return retval;
8512}
8513
8514/*
8515 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8516 */
8517 int
8518match_suffix(fname)
8519 char_u *fname;
8520{
8521 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8522 char_u *setsuf;
8523#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8524 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8525
8526 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8527 setsuflen = 0;
8528 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8529 {
8530 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
8531 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8532 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8533 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8534 break;
8535 setsuflen = 0;
8536 }
8537 return (setsuflen != 0);
8538}
8539
8540#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8541
8542# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8543static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8544static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8545# endif
8546
8547# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8548/*
8549 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8550 * it's shared between these systems.
8551 */
8552# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8553# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8554# else
8555# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8556# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8557# endif
8558# endif
8559
8560/*
8561 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8562 */
8563 static int _cdecl
8564pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8565{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008566 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008567}
8568
8569# ifndef WIN3264
8570 static void
8571namelowcpy(
8572 char_u *d,
8573 char_u *s)
8574{
8575# ifdef DJGPP
8576 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8577 while (*s)
8578 *d++ = *s++;
8579 else
8580# endif
8581 while (*s)
8582 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8583 *d = NUL;
8584}
8585# endif
8586
8587/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008588 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8589 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008590 * Return the number of matches found.
8591 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8592 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008593 * Return the number of matches found.
8594 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008595 */
8596 static int
8597dos_expandpath(
8598 garray_T *gap,
8599 char_u *path,
8600 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008601 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008602 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008603{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008604 char_u *buf;
8605 char_u *path_end;
8606 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8607 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8608 char_u *pat;
8609 regmatch_T regmatch;
8610 int starts_with_dot;
8611 int matches;
8612 int len;
8613 int starstar = FALSE;
8614 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008615#ifdef WIN3264
8616 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8617 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8618# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8619 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8620 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8621# endif
8622#else
8623 struct ffblk fb;
8624#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008625 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008626 int ok;
8627
8628 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8629 if (stardepth > 0)
8630 {
8631 ui_breakcheck();
8632 if (got_int)
8633 return 0;
8634 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008635
8636 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008637 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008638 if (buf == NULL)
8639 return 0;
8640
8641 /*
8642 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8643 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8644 */
8645 p = buf;
8646 s = buf;
8647 e = NULL;
8648 path_end = path;
8649 while (*path_end != NUL)
8650 {
8651 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8652 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8653 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8654 *p++ = *path_end++;
8655 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8656 {
8657 if (e != NULL)
8658 break;
8659 s = p + 1;
8660 }
8661 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8662 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8663 e = p;
8664#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8665 if (has_mbyte)
8666 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008667 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008668 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8669 p += len;
8670 path_end += len;
8671 }
8672 else
8673#endif
8674 *p++ = *path_end++;
8675 }
8676 e = p;
8677 *e = NUL;
8678
8679 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8680 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8681 * component. */
8682 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8683 if (rem_backslash(p))
8684 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008685 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008686 --e;
8687 --s;
8688 }
8689
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008690 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8691 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8692 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8693 starstar = TRUE;
8694
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008695 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8696 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8697 if (pat == NULL)
8698 {
8699 vim_free(buf);
8700 return 0;
8701 }
8702
8703 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8704 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8705 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8706 vim_free(pat);
8707
8708 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8709 {
8710 vim_free(buf);
8711 return 0;
8712 }
8713
8714 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8715 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8716
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008717 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8718 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8719 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8720 && *path_end == '/')
8721 {
8722 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8723 ++stardepth;
8724 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8725 --stardepth;
8726 }
8727
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008728 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8729 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8730#ifdef WIN3264
8731# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8732 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8733 {
8734 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8735 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8736 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008737 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008738 if (wn != NULL)
8739 {
8740 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8741 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8742 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8743 {
8744 vim_free(wn);
8745 wn = NULL;
8746 }
8747 }
8748 }
8749
8750 if (wn == NULL)
8751# endif
8752 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8753 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8754#else
8755 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8756 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8757 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8758#endif
8759
8760 while (ok)
8761 {
8762#ifdef WIN3264
8763# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8764 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008765 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008766 else
8767# endif
8768 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8769#else
8770 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8771#endif
8772 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8773 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8774 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8775 && (matchname == NULL
8776 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8777 {
8778#ifdef WIN3264
8779 STRCPY(s, p);
8780#else
8781 namelowcpy(s, p);
8782#endif
8783 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008784
8785 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8786 {
8787 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8788 * find matches. */
8789 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8790 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8791 ++stardepth;
8792 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8793 --stardepth;
8794 }
8795
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008796 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8797 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8798 {
8799 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8800 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008801 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008802 }
8803 else
8804 {
8805 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8806 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8807 if (*path_end != 0)
8808 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8809 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8810 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8811 }
8812 }
8813
8814#ifdef WIN3264
8815# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8816 if (wn != NULL)
8817 {
8818 vim_free(p);
8819 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8820 }
8821 else
8822# endif
8823 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8824#else
8825 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8826#endif
8827
8828 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8829 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8830 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8831 {
8832 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8833#ifdef WIN3264
8834 FindClose(hFind);
8835# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8836 if (wn != NULL)
8837 {
8838 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008839 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008840 if (wn != NULL)
8841 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8842 }
8843 if (wn == NULL)
8844# endif
8845 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8846 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8847#else
8848 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8849 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8850#endif
8851 vim_free(matchname);
8852 matchname = NULL;
8853 }
8854 }
8855
8856#ifdef WIN3264
8857 FindClose(hFind);
8858# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8859 vim_free(wn);
8860# endif
8861#endif
8862 vim_free(buf);
8863 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8864 vim_free(matchname);
8865
8866 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8867 if (matches > 0)
8868 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8869 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8870 return matches;
8871}
8872
8873 int
8874mch_expandpath(
8875 garray_T *gap,
8876 char_u *path,
8877 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8878{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008879 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008880}
8881# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8882
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008883#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8884 || defined(PROTO)
8885/*
8886 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8887 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8888 */
8889static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8890
8891 static int
8892pstrcmp(a, b)
8893 const void *a, *b;
8894{
8895 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8896}
8897
8898/*
8899 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8900 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8901 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8902 * at "path + wildoff".
8903 * Return the number of matches found.
8904 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8905 */
8906 int
8907unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
8908 garray_T *gap;
8909 char_u *path;
8910 int wildoff;
8911 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8912 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
8913{
8914 char_u *buf;
8915 char_u *path_end;
8916 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8917 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8918 char_u *pat;
8919 regmatch_T regmatch;
8920 int starts_with_dot;
8921 int matches;
8922 int len;
8923 int starstar = FALSE;
8924 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
8925
8926 DIR *dirp;
8927 struct dirent *dp;
8928
8929 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8930 if (stardepth > 0)
8931 {
8932 ui_breakcheck();
8933 if (got_int)
8934 return 0;
8935 }
8936
8937 /* make room for file name */
8938 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
8939 if (buf == NULL)
8940 return 0;
8941
8942 /*
8943 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
8944 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
8945 */
8946 p = buf;
8947 s = buf;
8948 e = NULL;
8949 path_end = path;
8950 while (*path_end != NUL)
8951 {
8952 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8953 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8954 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8955 *p++ = *path_end++;
8956 else if (*path_end == '/')
8957 {
8958 if (e != NULL)
8959 break;
8960 s = p + 1;
8961 }
8962 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8963 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
8964 e = p;
8965#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8966 if (has_mbyte)
8967 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008968 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008969 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8970 p += len;
8971 path_end += len;
8972 }
8973 else
8974#endif
8975 *p++ = *path_end++;
8976 }
8977 e = p;
8978 *e = NUL;
8979
8980 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
8981 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8982 * component. */
8983 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8984 if (rem_backslash(p))
8985 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008986 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008987 --e;
8988 --s;
8989 }
8990
8991 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8992 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8993 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8994 starstar = TRUE;
8995
8996 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
8997 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8998 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8999 if (pat == NULL)
9000 {
9001 vim_free(buf);
9002 return 0;
9003 }
9004
9005 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009006#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009007 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9008#else
9009 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
9010#endif
9011 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9012 vim_free(pat);
9013
9014 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9015 {
9016 vim_free(buf);
9017 return 0;
9018 }
9019
9020 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9021 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9022 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9023 && *path_end == '/')
9024 {
9025 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9026 ++stardepth;
9027 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9028 --stardepth;
9029 }
9030
9031 /* open the directory for scanning */
9032 *s = NUL;
9033 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9034
9035 /* Find all matching entries */
9036 if (dirp != NULL)
9037 {
9038 for (;;)
9039 {
9040 dp = readdir(dirp);
9041 if (dp == NULL)
9042 break;
9043 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9044 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9045 {
9046 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9047 len = STRLEN(buf);
9048
9049 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9050 {
9051 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9052 * find matches. */
9053 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9054 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9055 ++stardepth;
9056 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9057 --stardepth;
9058 }
9059
9060 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9061 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9062 {
9063 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9064 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9065 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9066 }
9067 else
9068 {
9069 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9070 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9071 if (*path_end != NUL)
9072 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9073 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9074 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009075#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009076 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9077 char_u *precomp_buf =
9078 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009079
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009080 if (precomp_buf)
9081 {
9082 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9083 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9084 }
9085#endif
9086 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9087 }
9088 }
9089 }
9090 }
9091
9092 closedir(dirp);
9093 }
9094
9095 vim_free(buf);
9096 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9097
9098 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9099 if (matches > 0)
9100 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9101 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9102 return matches;
9103}
9104#endif
9105
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009106/*
9107 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9108 *
9109 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9110 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9111 *
9112 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9113 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9114 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9115 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9116 */
9117 int
9118gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9119 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9120 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9121 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9122 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9123 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9124{
9125 int i;
9126 garray_T ga;
9127 char_u *p;
9128 static int recursive = FALSE;
9129 int add_pat;
9130
9131 /*
9132 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9133 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9134 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9135 * return FAIL.
9136 */
9137 if (recursive)
9138#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9139 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9140#else
9141 return FAIL;
9142#endif
9143
9144#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9145 /*
9146 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9147 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9148 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9149 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9150 */
9151 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9152 {
9153 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9154# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9155 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9156# endif
9157 )
9158 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9159 }
9160#endif
9161
9162 recursive = TRUE;
9163
9164 /*
9165 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9166 */
9167 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9168
9169 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9170 {
9171 add_pat = -1;
9172 p = pat[i];
9173
9174#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9175 if (vim_backtick(p))
9176 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9177 else
9178#endif
9179 {
9180 /*
9181 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9182 */
9183 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9184 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009185 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009186 if (p == NULL)
9187 p = pat[i];
9188#ifdef UNIX
9189 /*
9190 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9191 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9192 * found file names and start all over again.
9193 */
9194 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9195 {
9196 vim_free(p);
9197 ga_clear(&ga);
9198 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9199 flags);
9200 recursive = FALSE;
9201 return i;
9202 }
9203#endif
9204 }
9205
9206 /*
9207 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9208 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9209 * the pattern.
9210 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9211 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9212 */
9213 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
9214 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9215 }
9216
9217 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9218 {
9219 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9220
9221#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9222 slash_to_colon(t);
9223#endif
9224 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9225 * "vim c:/" work. */
9226 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9227 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9228 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9229 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9230 vim_free(t);
9231 }
9232
9233 if (p != pat[i])
9234 vim_free(p);
9235 }
9236
9237 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9238 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9239
9240 recursive = FALSE;
9241
9242 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9243}
9244
9245# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9246
9247/*
9248 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9249 */
9250 static int
9251vim_backtick(p)
9252 char_u *p;
9253{
9254 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9255}
9256
9257/*
9258 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9259 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9260 * Returns number of file names found.
9261 */
9262 static int
9263expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9264 garray_T *gap;
9265 char_u *pat;
9266 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9267{
9268 char_u *p;
9269 char_u *cmd;
9270 char_u *buffer;
9271 int cnt = 0;
9272 int i;
9273
9274 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9275 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9276 if (cmd == NULL)
9277 return 0;
9278
9279#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9280 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009281 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009282 else
9283#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009284 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9285 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009286 vim_free(cmd);
9287 if (buffer == NULL)
9288 return 0;
9289
9290 cmd = buffer;
9291 while (*cmd != NUL)
9292 {
9293 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9294 p = cmd;
9295 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9296 ++p;
9297 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9298 if (p > cmd)
9299 {
9300 i = *p;
9301 *p = NUL;
9302 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9303 *p = i;
9304 ++cnt;
9305 }
9306 cmd = p;
9307 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9308 ++cmd;
9309 }
9310
9311 vim_free(buffer);
9312 return cnt;
9313}
9314# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9315
9316/*
9317 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9318 * EW_DIR add directories
9319 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009320 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009321 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9322 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9323 */
9324 void
9325addfile(gap, f, flags)
9326 garray_T *gap;
9327 char_u *f; /* filename */
9328 int flags;
9329{
9330 char_u *p;
9331 int isdir;
9332
9333 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9334 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9335 return;
9336
9337#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9338 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9339 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9340 return;
9341#endif
9342
9343 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9344 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9345 return;
9346
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009347 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9348 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9349 return;
9350
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009351 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9352 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9353 return;
9354
9355 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9356 if (p == NULL)
9357 return;
9358
9359 STRCPY(p, f);
9360#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9361 slash_adjust(p);
9362#endif
9363 /*
9364 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9365 */
9366#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9367 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9368 add_pathsep(p);
9369#endif
9370 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009371}
9372#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9373
9374#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9375
9376#ifndef SEEK_SET
9377# define SEEK_SET 0
9378#endif
9379#ifndef SEEK_END
9380# define SEEK_END 2
9381#endif
9382
9383/*
9384 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9385 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9386 */
9387 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009388get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009389 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009390 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009391 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9392{
9393 char_u *tempname;
9394 char_u *command;
9395 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9396 int len;
9397 int i = 0;
9398 FILE *fd;
9399
9400 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9401 return NULL;
9402
9403 /* get a name for the temp file */
9404 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9405 {
9406 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9407 return NULL;
9408 }
9409
9410 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009411 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009412 if (command == NULL)
9413 goto done;
9414
9415 /*
9416 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9417 * Don't check timestamps here.
9418 */
9419 ++no_check_timestamps;
9420 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9421 --no_check_timestamps;
9422
9423 vim_free(command);
9424
9425 /*
9426 * read the names from the file into memory
9427 */
9428# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00009429 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009430 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9431# else
9432 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9433# endif
9434
9435 if (fd == NULL)
9436 {
9437 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9438 goto done;
9439 }
9440
9441 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9442 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9443 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9444
9445 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9446 if (buffer != NULL)
9447 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9448 fclose(fd);
9449 mch_remove(tempname);
9450 if (buffer == NULL)
9451 goto done;
9452#ifdef VMS
9453 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9454#endif
9455 if (i != len)
9456 {
9457 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9458 vim_free(buffer);
9459 buffer = NULL;
9460 }
9461 else
9462 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9463
9464done:
9465 vim_free(tempname);
9466 return buffer;
9467}
9468#endif
9469
9470/*
9471 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9472 * functions.
9473 */
9474 void
9475FreeWild(count, files)
9476 int count;
9477 char_u **files;
9478{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00009479 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009480 return;
9481#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9482 /*
9483 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9484 * been used???
9485 */
9486 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9487#else
9488 while (count--)
9489 vim_free(files[count]);
9490 vim_free(files);
9491#endif
9492}
9493
9494/*
9495 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9496 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9497 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9498 */
9499 int
9500goto_im()
9501{
9502 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9503}